Envista Holdings Corp 10-K for FY2025
Envista Holdings Corp (NVST)
10-K
2026-02-12
For: 2025-12-31
View Original
Added on
April 08, 2026
About this 10-K
Envista Holdings Corp filed this 10-K on February 12, 2026, covering the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 (FY2025).
Headline figures
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, as reported in this filing, compared with the same period a year earlier where the filing states it.
- Revenue
- $2.72B
- up 8.3% from $2.51B a year earlier
- Net income
- $47M
- compared with a net loss of $1.12B a year earlier
- Diluted EPS
- $0.28
- compared with -$6.50 a year earlier
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
____________________________________
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
| ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 | |||||
For the fiscal year ended December 31 , 2025
OR
| TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 | |||||
| For the transition period from to | |||||
Commission File Number: 001-39054
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
| (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) | ||||||||||
| (Address of Principal Executive Offices) | (Zip Code) | ||||||||||
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 714 -817-7000
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
| Title of each class | Trading Symbol(s) | Name of each exchange on which registered | ||||||
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
| ☒ | Accelerated filer | ☐ | |||||||||||||||
| Non-accelerated filer | ☐ | Smaller reporting company | |||||||||||||||
| Emerging growth company | |||||||||||||||||
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
Yes ☐ No ☒
As of February 6, 2026, the number of shares of the Registrant’s common stock outstanding was 163,875,397 . The aggregate market value of the common stock of the Registrant held by non-affiliates on June 27, 2025, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $2.5 billion (based upon the closing price of $19.67 of the Registrant's common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on such date).
____________________________________
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Part III incorporates certain information by reference from the Registrant’s proxy statement for its 2026 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after Registrant’s fiscal year-end. With the exception of the sections of the 2026 Proxy Statement specifically incorporated herein by reference, the 2026 Proxy Statement is not deemed to be filed as part of this Form 10-K.
In this Annual Report, the terms “Envista” or the “Company” refer to Envista Holdings Corporation, Envista Holdings Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries or the consolidated subsidiaries of Envista Holdings Corporation, as the context requires.
***
We own or have rights to trademarks, service marks or trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. In addition, our names, logos and website names and addresses are owned by us or licensed by us. We also own or have the rights to copyrights that protect the content of our solutions. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights referred to in this report are listed without the ©, ® and ™ symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights.
This report may include trademarks, service marks or trade names of other companies. Our use or display of other parties’ trademarks, service marks, trade names or products is not intended to, and does not imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, the trademark, service mark or trade name owners.
***
Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this report concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate is based on information from independent industry and research organizations, other third-party sources (including industry publications, surveys and forecasts), and management estimates. Management estimates are derived from publicly available information released by independent industry analysts and third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research, and are based on assumptions made by us upon reviewing such data and our knowledge of such industry and markets that we believe to be reasonable. Although we believe the data from these third-party sources is reliable, we have not independently verified any third-party information.
***
Unless otherwise indicated, all financial data in this Annual Report refer to continuing operations only.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| PAGE | |||||||||||
INFORMATION RELATING TO FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS | |||||||||||
PART I | |||||||||||
| Item 1. | |||||||||||
| Item 1A. | |||||||||||
| Item 1B. | |||||||||||
| Item 1C. | |||||||||||
| Item 2. | |||||||||||
| Item 3. | |||||||||||
| Item 4. | |||||||||||
PART II | |||||||||||
| Item 5. | |||||||||||
| Item 6. | |||||||||||
| Item 7. | |||||||||||
| Item 7A. | |||||||||||
| Item 8. | |||||||||||
| Item 9. | |||||||||||
| Item 9A. | |||||||||||
| Item 9B. | |||||||||||
| Item 9C. | |||||||||||
PART III | |||||||||||
| Item 10. | |||||||||||
| Item 11. | |||||||||||
| Item 12. | |||||||||||
| Item 13. | |||||||||||
| Item 14. | |||||||||||
PART IV | |||||||||||
| Item 15. | |||||||||||
| Item 16. | |||||||||||
INFORMATION RELATING TO FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain statements included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the U.S. federal securities laws. All statements other than historical factual information are forward-looking statements, including without limitation statements regarding: projections of revenue, expenses, profit, profit margins, tax rates, tax provisions, cash flows, pension and benefit obligations and funding requirements, our liquidity position or other projected financial measures; management’s plans and strategies for future operations, including statements relating to anticipated operating performance, cost reductions, restructuring activities, new product and service developments, competitive strengths or market position, acquisitions and the integration thereof, divestitures, spin-offs, split-offs or other distributions, strategic opportunities, securities offerings, stock repurchases, dividends and executive compensation; growth, declines and other trends in markets we sell into; future regulatory approvals and the timing thereof; outstanding claims, legal proceedings, tax audits and assessments and other contingent liabilities; future foreign currency exchange rates and fluctuations in those rates; the anticipated timing of any of the foregoing; assumptions underlying any of the foregoing; and any other statements that address events or developments that Envista intends or believes will or may occur in the future. Terminology such as “believe,” “anticipate,” “should,” “could,” “intend,” “will,” “plan,” “expect,” “estimate,” “project,” “target,” “may,” “possible,” “potential,” “forecast” and “positioned” and similar references to future periods are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements are accompanied by such words. Forward-looking statements are based on assumptions and assessments made by our management in light of their experience and perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors they believe to be appropriate. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to the risks and uncertainties set forth under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Annual Report.
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and actual results may differ materially from the results, developments and business decisions contemplated by our forward-looking statements. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements contained herein speak only as of the date of this Annual Report. Except to the extent required by applicable law, we do not assume any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events and developments or otherwise.
1
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Overview
Envista is a global family of more than 30 trusted dental brands, including Nobel Biocare, Ormco, DEXIS, and Kerr, united by a shared purpose: to partner with professionals to improve lives. We help our customers deliver the best possible patient care through industry-leading products, solutions, and technology. Our comprehensive portfolio, including dental implants and treatment options, orthodontics, and digital imaging technologies, covers a wide range of dentists' clinical needs for diagnosing, treating, and preventing dental conditions as well as improving the human smile. We further support the dental community with leading solutions in restoratives, endodontics, rotary, infection prevention, and loupes.
We were formed in 2018 as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Danaher Corporation. In 2019, we completed our initial public offering and separated from Danaher Corporation.
With a foundation comprised of the proven Envista Business System (“EBS”) methodology, an experienced leadership team, and a strong culture grounded in continuous improvement, commitment to innovation, and deep customer focus, we are well equipped to meet the end-to-end needs of dental professionals worldwide. We are one of the largest global dental products companies, with strong positions in some of the most attractive segments of the dental products industry. We serve dental professionals in over 130 countries through one of the largest commercial organizations in the dental products industry and through our distribution partners. In 2025, we generated total sales of $2.7 billion, of which approximately 85% were derived from sales of consumable products, services, and spare parts.
Our business is operated through two segments: Specialty Products & Technologies, which is comprised of our Dental Implant Solutions and Orthodontic Solutions businesses, and Equipment & Consumables, which is comprised of our Diagnostic and Consumables Solutions businesses.
The following table presents the Company’s revenues disaggregated by geographical region for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 ($ in millions).
| Specialty Products & Technologies | Equipment & Consumables | Total | |||||||||||||||
| Year ended December 31, 2025 | |||||||||||||||||
| Geographical region: | |||||||||||||||||
| North America (U.S. and Canada) | $ | 720.5 | $ | 674.7 | $ | 1,395.2 | |||||||||||
| Western Europe | 498.0 | 117.3 | 615.3 | ||||||||||||||
| Other developed markets | 89.5 | 33.3 | 122.8 | ||||||||||||||
| Emerging markets | 444.8 | 141.4 | 586.2 | ||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 1,752.8 | $ | 966.7 | $ | 2,719.5 | |||||||||||
| Year ended December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||||
| Geographical region: | |||||||||||||||||
| North America (U.S. and Canada) | $ | 684.0 | $ | 621.3 | $ | 1,305.3 | |||||||||||
| Western Europe | 439.4 | 106.6 | 546.0 | ||||||||||||||
| Other developed markets | 86.1 | 34.2 | 120.3 | ||||||||||||||
| Emerging markets | 406.9 | 132.1 | 539.0 | ||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 1,616.4 | $ | 894.2 | $ | 2,510.6 | |||||||||||
2
Our Business Segments
The table below describes the percentage of our total annual sales attributable to each of our segments over each of the three years ended December 31. For additional information regarding sales, operating profit and identifiable assets by segment, please refer to Note 21 in our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| Specialty Products & Technologies | 64% | 64% | 64% | ||||||||||||||
| Equipment & Consumables | 36% | 36% | 36% | ||||||||||||||
Specialty Products & Technologies
Our Specialty Products & Technologies segment primarily develops, manufactures and markets dental implant systems, including regenerative solutions, dental prosthetics and associated treatment software and technologies, as well as orthodontic bracket systems, aligners, lab products, and loupes. We typically market these products directly to end-users through our commercial organization, and 84% of our 2025 sales for this segment were direct sales. In 2025, our Specialty Products & Technologies segment generated $1,752.8 million of sales, representing year-over-year sales and core sales increase of 8.4% and 6.3%, respectively. In 2025, 41% of segment sales were derived from North America, 28% from Western Europe, 5% from other developed markets, and 26% from emerging markets. Sales of consumable products, services and spare parts comprised 93% of segment sales in 2025. We believe strong industry fundamentals and the introduction of new product solutions in this segment will continue to drive growth for us.
Dental Implant Solutions
We are a world leader in the field of innovative Dental Implant Solutions, offering a full portfolio of solutions that enable dentists to deliver single-tooth to full-mouth restorations. One of our brands, Nobel Biocare, is the pioneer of implant science grounded in clinical research and has introduced a number of innovations that have become widely adopted in the implant industry. Our comprehensive product offering includes dental implant systems, guided surgery systems, biomaterials, and prefabricated and custom-built prosthetics. Other well-known brands in our portfolio include Alpha-Bio TecTM, Implant DirectTM, and NobelProceraTM. We also offer a comprehensive education program to train our broad range of clinical customers, from clinicians performing basic implant procedures to the most advanced practitioners, with the goal of enhancing patient access to high-quality dental care. Our customers include oral surgeons, periodontists, prosthodontists, and general dentists.
Our Dental Implant Solutions brands have a long history of innovation, which include both the first documented case of a titanium dental implant being placed in a human and the introduction of the concept of living bone adhering to an artificial implant (known as osseointegration). Today, our Nobel Biocare brand offers several implant systems and is integrating them with the DTX suite of software applications described below. Through our Implant Direct and Alpha-Bio Tec value implant businesses, we also offer a variety of implant systems that cover a broad range of price points in the market. Our Matricel and Osteogenics acquisitions added innovative regenerative solutions that are highly complementary to the implant treatment.
Since being acquired in 2014, Nobel Biocare has focused on reinvigorating its product offerings and has released over 30 new products. Among these are comprehensive software packages which are used for treatment planning of dental implants procedures and prosthetics. These software offerings are integrated in our broader DTX software suite, which also includes the ‘DTX StudioTM Clinic’ software.
Orthodontic Solutions
For over 60 years, our Orthodontic Solutions businesses have provided orthodontic professionals with high quality, innovative products backed by educational support to enhance the lives of their patients. We are a leading manufacturer and provider of advanced orthodontic technology and services designed to move malpositioned teeth and jaws. Our products include brackets and wires, tubes and bands, clear aligners, digital orthodontic treatments, retainers, and other orthodontic laboratory products, and are marketed under the OrmcoTM, DamonTM, InsigniaTM, AOATM, and SparkTM brands. We also offer a comprehensive education system to train our clinical customers on the use of our products to address the full range of treatments from basic to the most advanced, with the goal of enhancing patient access to high-quality dental care. Customers of our Orthodontic Solutions business are primarily orthodontists.
3
Our clear aligner system, Spark, is designed for mild to complex malocclusion and is made with TruGEN™ and TruGEN XR™, the latest generation of aligner materials. It is designed to deliver higher sustained force retention for efficiency and a high level of transparency for aesthetics. Spark aligners are also designed with polished, scalloped edges to enhance patient comfort. Over the past four years, we have launched a suite of upgrades to our Spark clear aligner Approver™ software designed to improve the customer experience with flexibility and customization features. We have partnered with industry-leading intra-oral scanner companies, including our own DEXIS IOS scanner, as part of our commitment to making imaging integrations seamless. We believe that Spark will provide growth opportunities for our Orthodontic Solutions business.
Equipment & Consumables
Our Equipment & Consumables segment primarily develops, manufactures, and markets dental equipment and supplies used in dental offices, including digital imaging systems, software, and other visualization/magnification systems; endodontic systems and related products; restorative materials and instruments, rotary burs, impression materials, bonding agents and cements; and infection prevention products. In 2025, our Equipment & Consumables segment generated $966.7 million of sales. In 2025, 70% of segment sales were derived from North America, 12% from Western Europe, 3% from other developed markets, and 15% from emerging markets. We distribute our Equipment & Consumables segment products primarily through our channel partners, representing approximately 89% of sales in this segment in 2025. Sales from consumable products, services and spare parts comprised approximately 70% of segment sales in 2025.
Diagnostic Solutions
Our Diagnostic Solutions business is focused on dental imaging, X-ray, and intraoral scanner solutions used in dental offices, clinics and hospitals. Our Diagnostic Solutions business was the pioneer in 2D/panoramic and 3D imaging and has one of the largest installed bases of dental imaging devices utilized in dental practices. We hold a leading position in 3D imaging through the i-CATTM and DEXIS brands. Our DEXIS brand is an industry leader in intraoral X-Ray digital sensors, which provide two-dimensional images of the mouth. The acquisition of our intraoral scanner business in April 2022 added intraoral scanners and related software to our portfolio. In 2025, we expanded our intraoral scanner portfolio with the launch of DEXIS Imprevo.
The ‘DTX Studio Clinic’ software package is offered with many of our imaging products, consolidating a broad variety of clinical patient images (e.g., 2D x-rays, CBCT scans, intraoral scans, and clinical photography) into one intelligent ecosystem. With the complete DTX Studio platform, clinicians can manage the entire digital workflow—from image acquisition and diagnosis to implant surgery and restoration planning—within one connected system. The integrated 2D and 3D artificial intelligence tools power advanced automation that highlights key findings, accelerates planning, and streamlines collaboration. We believe this enables significant clinical workflow efficiencies and more predictable clinical outcomes, which benefit clinicians and their patients.
Consumables Solutions
Our Consumables Solutions business markets a broad offering of general dental products that are used in dental offices, clinics and hospitals. Our products are marketed under a variety of brands, including KerrTM, MetrexTM, Total Care, PentronTM, OptibondTM, HarmonizeTM, SonicfillTM, Sybron EndoTM and CaviWipesTM.
Our products have strong brand and product recognition across many product categories, including restorative, endodontics, and infection control. We offer several products designed to repair and restore fractured or otherwise damaged teeth. We also offer cements and bonding agents. Our Endodontics business offers a variety of products used in the endodontic workflow which help clinicians to locate, shape, clean and fill root canals. We also produce curing lights and other products including impression materials, burs, and waxes under several brands. Through our Metrex brand, we have a strong position within infection prevention products, which include the CaviWipesTM and CaviCideTM product lines, and are well positioned in both the dental and general medical market segments. In 2025, we expanded our Metrex hydrogen peroxide offerings and our commitment to eco-friendly infection prevention with the launch of our CaviCideTM HP liquid surface disinfectant.
4
Our Priorities
Our priorities are focused in three areas:
•Growth: We are investing in innovation, commercialization, and clinical education in our businesses to accelerate growth.
•Operations: We are utilizing EBS to improve manufacturing performance and our operations.
•People: We have refreshed our senior leadership team and we are making meaningful investments in engagement and talent development.
Our Strategy
Our strategic focus is comprised of three key elements:
•“Establish a Strong Foundation”: EBS is a set of lean, innovation, growth and leadership-focused tools and processes that helps differentiate us from our competitors. Beginning in 2016, we consolidated our operating companies, substantially reduced our manufacturing sites, and consolidated sales offices. We simplified our portfolio by reducing the number of our diagnostics brands and exiting lower growth/margin businesses. We have also executed cost-reduction initiatives. We continue to pursue a number of ongoing strategic initiatives across our operating companies relating to efficient sourcing and improvements in manufacturing and back-office support, all with a focus on continually improving quality, delivery, cost, growth and innovation.
◦“Reinvest for Growth”: Streamlining our business operations and reducing costs has allowed us to reposition ourselves to create a digital and consumable workflow-oriented portfolio. We have invested in our Specialty Products & Technologies segment, adding manufacturing capacity and personnel to these businesses, with plans for further investment in 2026. We intend to drive shareholder value by deploying capital to acquire or invest in other businesses that strategically fit into or extend our product offering into new or attractive adjacent markets; the Osteogenics acquisition in 2022 is an example of this strategy in action. We have expanded our clinical training and education infrastructure to deepen dental practitioners’ experience of the strength of our products and to further enhance patient access to high quality dental care. We believe these investments better position us to effectively meet the needs of our customers, particularly the growing Dental Service Organization (“DSO”) segment, which values a comprehensive, end-to-end product offering with the ability to roll out new technologies and procedure-focused trainings at scale.
◦“Maintain and Pursue Long-Term Industry Leadership”: As we seek to continue to improve our business and drive increased cash flow, we expect to strategically invest in innovation to better serve our customers and accelerate organic growth. We have invested significant resources in the following areas which we believe will help drive long-term industry leadership:
•Digital Workflow: We have developed our diagnostic and treatment planning software, DTX, to meet the growing demands for digital connectivity of dental practices.
▪Specialty Products & Technologies: We have launched several new products in our Orthodontic Solutions business over the past few years, which have contributed meaningfully to our overall sales in the segment. Since 2020, we have expanded capacity for our SparkTM clear aligners and in 2025, we shipped our one millionth Spark case. Our research and development (“R&D”) expenditures in our Dental Implant Solutions business accelerated the development of new implant systems. We will continue to invest in our global commercial footprint and product innovation to grow our strong position in the Implant and Orthodontics markets, both of which are underpenetrated.
5
▪Emerging Markets: We are a leading dental product provider in emerging markets (which we have historically defined as developing markets of the world experiencing periods of accelerated growth in gross domestic product and infrastructure, including Eastern Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Latin America and Asia (with the exception of Japan and Australia)) with product management, operations, regulatory affairs, sales and marketing, and customer service resources focused on these markets. We have grown our emerging markets business from one that generated less than $30 million in sales in 2011 to one that generated approximately $586 million in sales in 2025. We expect to continue to invest in emerging markets as we believe this will be a strong growth driver for our business in the future and is in line with our purpose of improving access to dental care. We have succeeded in emerging markets by harnessing our existing go-to-market infrastructure, building familiarity with local customer needs and regulations, and establishing dedicated locally-based management resources.
Our Industry
The dental market is large, attractive, and has a number of secular drivers that we believe will support future growth. These include the digitization of dental practices globally, which is transforming the way dentists diagnose and treat patients, leading to better clinical outcomes. In addition, we believe future growth of the dental products industry will be driven by an aging population, the current under penetration of dental procedures—especially in emerging markets— improving access to complex procedures due to increasing technological innovation, an increasing demand for cosmetic dentistry, and growth of DSOs, which are expected to drive increasing penetration and access to care globally. Within the global dental products industry, we believe segments such as Dental Implant Solutions, Orthodontic Solutions, and Diagnostic Solutions will grow at a more rapid pace than the overall market.
While both equipment and consumable products represent significant expenditures for dental service providers, the sales dynamics for each differ. The sale of equipment depends on technological advancements, dentists’ willingness to invest in new technologies, opening of new offices and replacement demand. On the other hand, consumable products are more dependent on patient volume. We believe large multi-category manufacturers that provide a broad range of equipment and consumable products have more recession-resilient portfolios and can gain a meaningful competitive advantage over their peers. Larger customers increasingly seek the benefits of purchasing the full range of dental products from a single supplier and consolidate suppliers, and digital dentistry adoption creates links between different products in the dental practitioners’ offices.
While developed markets represent a significant portion of the global dental products industry, we have also been focused on building significant scale in emerging markets. Prevalence and penetration of treatments is largely tied to socio-economic factors such as availability and affordability of care. We expect generally improving economic trends and increased consumer disposable income in emerging markets, as well as advancements in technological innovation that reduce complexity and cost and increase efficiency, will help drive penetration of dental care in these under-served markets.
Key Solutions Within the Dental Products Industry
◦Dental Implant Solutions: The implant industry is large and enjoys higher margins and growth than the overall dental products market. The U.S. and the Greater China region represent key growth drivers for this industry. In the U.S., implant penetration far lags other developed markets such as Germany, Spain and Italy. In China, the prevalence of severe tooth loss is higher than in the U.S., while implant penetration is far below the U.S. We expect product innovation and increased affordability to help drive future growth in emerging markets.
◦Orthodontic Solutions: Traditional wires and brackets systems continue to be the preferred choice in complex and young adult cases, due to their better clinical outcomes. In recent years, clear aligners have also become an increasingly popular treatment option. With the technology continuing to advance and more clinicians becoming proficient in aligner therapy, the addressable market for orthodontic treatment has expanded. Going forward, we believe orthodontic solutions will continue to grow at a fast pace as aesthetics become increasingly important to patients.
6
◦Diagnostic Solutions: Imaging (both x-ray and other visualization solutions) is often the first step of many dental exams and therefore serves as the entry-point for many high-value treatments. The rapid adoption of digital technologies within diagnostic solutions has transformed dental practices and has increased access to care as well as the quality of care delivered to patients. We believe enhanced connectivity amongst different types of dental imaging/diagnostic equipment and integration with downstream treatment planning and treatment delivery solutions will further improve dental workflows and lead to better treatment outcomes. We believe digitalization and connectivity will continue to drive growth in this area.
Competition
Although our businesses generally operate in highly competitive markets, our competitive position cannot be determined accurately in the aggregate or by segment because none of our competitors offer all of the same product and service lines and serve all of the same markets as we do. Because of the range of the products and services we sell and the variety of markets we serve, we encounter a wide variety of competitors, including well-established regional competitors, competitors who are more specialized than we are in particular markets or product categories, as well as larger companies or divisions of larger companies with substantial sales, marketing, research and financial capabilities. We face increased competition in a number of our served markets as a result of the entry of competitors based in low-cost manufacturing locations, and increasing consolidation in particular markets. Key competitive factors vary among our businesses and product and service lines, but include the specific factors noted above with respect to each segment and typically also include price, quality, performance, delivery speed, applications expertise, distribution channel access, service and support, technology and innovation, breadth of product, service and software offerings and brand name recognition. For a discussion of risks related to competition, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Industry.”
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe we have significant competitive strengths, including:
◦Premier portfolio with leadership in attractive segments. The breadth and depth of our product offerings address a broad range of dentists’ clinical needs from consumable products to digital equipment solutions. Our catalog of products covers the spectrum from value-focused products to premium brands, allowing providers to fully address patient needs in different market segments. Within our product portfolio, we believe we are one of the largest and most product diverse manufacturers in implants and orthodontics and have one of the largest installed bases of imaging devices. Our broad product offering positions us particularly well to serve the needs of DSOs, which have been one of the fastest growing segments of our customer base.
◦Track record of innovation. Our businesses have a long track record of successful innovation such as NobelActive® dental implants, OrascopticTM dental loupes, Spark clear aligners, Damon bracket and wire system and the DEXIS OP 3DTM imaging system. Our new product development activities are complemented by externally sourcing technologies through a broad network of partnerships, collaborations, and investments involving third-party research institutions, universities and innovative start-up companies.
◦Envista Business System. We believe our deep-rooted commitment to EBS helps drive our success and market leadership and differentiates us in the dental industry. EBS encompasses not only lean tools and processes, but also methods for driving innovation, growth and leadership.
◦Brand leadership with a long track record and strong brand recognition. We built our business around brands with long histories of innovation and quality, and as a result, we enjoy strong brand recognition in the dental products market. We believe the heritage and leadership of our well-known brands in the dental products industry enhances our connections with both patients and providers and supports our strong market position.
◦Global commercial reach. We serve dental professionals in over 130 countries through one of the largest customer-facing sales teams in the dental products industry and through a diverse, global dealer network. In 2025, we generated 53% of our sales from markets outside of the U.S.
◦Strong position in emerging markets. Emerging markets represented 22% of our total sales in 2025. We are a leading dental provider in emerging markets with dedicated product management, operations, regulatory affairs, sales and marketing, and customer service resources focused on these markets. With this structure, we believe that we are well positioned to capture additional share in emerging markets.
7
◦Experienced management team with extensive industry experience. Our executive officer team has extensive global dental and healthcare industry experience and a proven track record of applying core principles of EBS as a continuous improvement approach to execute on our strategic and operational goals. Under their leadership, we have undertaken several key initiatives to better position our business for organic and inorganic growth. We believe our management team will continue to drive growth and profitability in our business in the future.
International Operations
We are a global dental company. Our products and services are available worldwide, and our principal markets outside the U.S. are in Europe, Asia, the Middle East and Latin America. In 2025, we generated 51% of our sales in North America, 23% of our sales in Western Europe, 22% of our sales in emerging markets and 4% of our sales in other developed markets.
We also have operations around the world, and this geographic diversity allows us to draw on the skills of a worldwide workforce, provides greater stability to our operations, allows us to drive economies of scale, provides sales streams that may help offset economic trends that are specific to individual economies and offers us an opportunity to access new markets for products. We believe that our future growth depends in part on our ability to continue developing products and sales models that successfully target emerging markets.
The manner in which our products and services are sold outside the U.S. differs by business and by region. Most of our sales in non-U.S. markets are made by our subsidiaries located outside the U.S., though we also sell from the U.S. into non-U.S. markets through various representatives and distributors and, in some cases, directly. In countries with low sales volumes, we generally sell through representatives and distributors.
Information about the effects of foreign currency fluctuations on our business is set forth in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” For a discussion of risks related to our non-U.S. operations and foreign currency exchange, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business” and “Risk Factors—General Risks.”
Sales and Distribution
Typical customers and end-users of our products include dental specialists such as orthodontists, periodontists, implantologists and endodontists, general dentists, dental hygienists, oral surgeons, dental laboratories and other oral health professionals, including DSOs, as well as educational, medical and governmental entities and third-party distributors. These customers choose dental products based on the factors described under the section entitled “Business—Competition.”
Our commercial organization includes over 3,000 employees with deep clinical, product and workflow expertise who interact with dental practitioners on a daily basis. Through our trusted brands, innovative product offerings and comprehensive customer service, we have established strong relationships globally with key constituencies, including DSOs, dental specialists, general dentists, and dental laboratories. We believe the continuing expansion of our global commercial organization will provide us with significant opportunities for future growth as we increase our penetration in various geographic markets.
In 2025, we distributed approximately 42% of our products through third-party distributors. One customer, Henry Schein, Inc. (“Henry Schein”), accounted for approximately 12% of our sales for 2025 and 10% of our sales for 2024 and 2023. Other than Henry Schein, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of combined sales in 2025, 2024, or 2023.
While a sizable portion of our sales are derived from distributors, most of our marketing and advertising activities are directed towards the end-users of our products, the dental professional. In addition to our marketing efforts, as noted above, we conduct significant training and education programs globally for dental professionals to enhance patient access to high-quality dental care. In these programs, our employees and/or experts in the respective clinical fields demonstrate the proper use of our products. We maintain educational and consulting relationships with key experts who assist us in developing new products, new indicated uses for our products and educational programs for health care providers and consumers. We also maintain educational and consulting relationships with dental associations around the world.
8
Research and Development
Innovation is a core part of our strategy. We conduct R&D activities for the purpose of designing and developing new products and applications that address customer and patient needs and emerging trends, as well as enhancing the functionality, effectiveness, ease of use and reliability of our existing products. Our R&D efforts include internal initiatives as well as collaborations with external parties such as research institutions, dental and medical schools and initiatives that use licensed or acquired technology. We expect to continue to invest in R&D with the goal of maintaining or improving our competitive position, and entering new markets.
We generally conduct R&D activities on a business-by-business basis, primarily in North America, the Middle East, and Europe. We anticipate that we will continue to make significant expenditures for R&D as we seek to provide a continuing flow of innovative products to maintain and improve our competitive position. For a discussion of the risks related to the need to develop and commercialize new products and product enhancements, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business.” Customer-sponsored R&D was not significant in 2025, 2024, or 2023.
Intellectual Property
We own numerous patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and licenses to intellectual property owned by others. Although in the aggregate our intellectual property is important to our operations, we do not consider any single patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or license to be of material importance to any segment or to the business as a whole. Our products and technologies are protected by over 1,500 granted patents. From time to time, we engage in litigation to protect our intellectual property rights. For a discussion of risks related to our intellectual property, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business.” All capitalized brands and product names throughout this document are trademarks owned by, or licensed to, us.
Human Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2025, we employed approximately 12,000 persons, of whom approximately 3,000 were employed in the U.S. and approximately 9,000 were employed outside of the U.S. We have collective bargaining arrangements and union contracts in certain countries, particularly in Europe where certain of our employees are represented by unions and/or works councils. For a discussion of risks related to employee relations, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors—General Risks.”
Our success depends on our ability to attract, develop and retain a talented employee base. We aspire to help our employees thrive both personally and professionally. As part of these efforts, we strive to embody our core values, offer a competitive compensation and benefits program, foster a culture of engagement, and provide professional development opportunities.
Our Board of Directors is actively engaged in overseeing our people and culture strategy and reviews human capital matters, including periodic updates on succession planning, leadership development, talent acquisition and retention, employee engagement, total rewards, and culture of the Company, among other topics. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors oversees our executive and equity compensation programs. We evaluate and manage risks relating to our human capital strategy as part of our enterprise risk management program.
Core Values
We endeavor to embody our CIRCLe values in everything we do and in our various programs and initiatives:
•Customer Centricity
•Innovation
•Respect
•Continuous Improvement
•Leadership
9
Compensation and Benefits Program
Our compensation programs and practices are designed to attract employees, motivate and reward performance, drive growth and support retention. We offer competitive compensation packages based on market data, which include base salary with annual merit increases and may also include annual cash performance incentives, commissions, overtime opportunities, allowances and, in some countries where these are customary, additional monthly payments. In addition, employees in select senior management roles may receive long-term compensation in the form of equity awards. We regularly review our compensation structure to ensure that we remain competitive, reward top performance, as well as to ensure internal equity. In the U.S., our benefits package includes health (medical, dental & vision) insurance, paid time off, paid parental leave, a retirement plan and life and disability coverage. Outside of the U.S., we offer our employees robust benefits based on local regulations and best practices of the countries in which we operate. Globally, we offer an Employee Assistance Program to all employees to support the mental health and well-being of employees and their families.
Culture of Engagement
We are dedicated to building a world-class culture of engagement. Throughout our organization, we continuously work to
improve the experience of our employees to ensure that they can do their best work, make a meaningful impact, and advance in their personal and professional growth. We believe that belonging is a cornerstone of an energizing employee culture, and we strive to cultivate a sense of connection, authenticity, and acceptance throughout our Company. We foster strong interpersonal relationships, encourage open communication, and celebrate contributions.
Learning and Development Opportunities
We aim to empower our employees to thrive in their current roles, as well as to support employees’ aspirations to move into different roles. We have a promote-from-within culture with opportunities across our operating companies. We periodically assess succession planning for certain key positions and review our workforce to identify high potential employees for future growth and development. We support our employees through a multitude of training and development programs including training on EBS, individual development plans (which encourage our employees to take charge of their learning and growth opportunities), job rotations, and various management trainings. This commitment to our employees’ professional development reflects both our Continuous Improvement and Leadership core values.
Employee Engagement
We conduct employee engagement surveys to solicit employees’ input and perspectives on our performance. In 2025, we had a 95% participation rate in this survey, with 73% of respondents reporting feeling engaged at work and 80% believing their managers are leading effectively. We use the feedback from these surveys to better understand whether our employees have the tools, resources, training and development opportunities to succeed. These surveys help us benchmark our progress over time and compare our results with companies in our sector. Communication is at the core of our engagement efforts and we host numerous CEO Forums for all employees, to keep our employees informed and to provide opportunities for employees globally to ask questions of senior management.
Community
Our employees have a long history of providing support and care in our communities, donating time, resources, and funds to local causes. In March 2021, we leveraged our expertise in oral health and founded the Envista Smile Project, a 501(c)(3) philanthropic foundation designed to improve the smiles and oral health of disadvantaged communities by supporting increased access to oral care and oral health education. The Envista Smile Project’s mission is to collaborate with dental professionals and Envista employee volunteers to donate products, treatment, and oral health education to communities in need around the world. The Envista Smile Project’s giving strategy focuses on three areas: mission trips, education, and donations to oral health focused, non-profit organizations.
10
Safe Work Environment
We value the safety of our employees and utilize our bi-annual EHS Risk Assessment tool to increase environmental health and safety (“EHS”) results and engagement. EHS significant sites, such as manufacturing, distribution, R&D sites and large offices, are supported through a combination of on-site and remote EHS professionals. Incident reporting and investigation, auditing, and corporate oversight provide for a collaborative and transparent environment to address and minimize potential gaps.
Additional information about our human capital resources, as well as information related to our sustainability efforts, is included in our annual Sustainability Report (located on the Investors subpage of our website www.envistaco.com). Information on our website, including the Sustainability Report, shall not be deemed incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.
Materials
Our manufacturing operations employ a wide variety of raw materials, including metallic-based components, electronic components, chemicals, and plastics, and prices of oil and gas also affect our costs for freight and utilities. We purchase raw materials from a large number of independent sources around the world. For certain components that require particular specifications or qualifications there may be a single supplier or a limited number of suppliers that can readily provide such components. We utilize a number of techniques to address potential disruption in, and other risks relating to, our supply chain, including in certain cases the use of safety stock, alternative materials and qualification of multiple supply sources. During 2025, we had no raw material shortages that had a material effect on our business. For a further discussion of risks related to the materials and components required for our operations, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business.”
Seasonal Nature of Business
General economic conditions impact our business and financial results, and certain of our businesses experience seasonal and other trends related to the end markets and regions that they serve. For example, sales of capital equipment have historically been stronger in the fourth calendar quarter. However, as a whole, we are not subject to material seasonality.
Regulatory Matters
We face extensive government regulation both within and outside the U.S. relating to the development, manufacture, marketing, sale and distribution of our products, software and services. The following sections describe certain significant regulations applicable to our operations. These are not the only regulations that our businesses must comply with. For a description of risks related to the regulations that our businesses are subject to, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Laws and Regulations.”
Medical Device Regulations
Most of our products are classified as medical devices and are subject to restrictions under domestic and foreign laws, rules, regulations, self-regulatory codes, circulars and orders, including, but not limited to, the U.S. Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”). The FDCA requires these products, when sold in the U.S., to be safe and effective for their intended uses and to comply with the regulations administered by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”). The FDA regulates the design, development, research, preclinical and clinical testing, introduction, manufacture, advertising, labeling, packaging, marketing, distribution, import and export and record keeping for such products. Certain medical device products are also regulated by comparable agencies in non-U.S. countries in which they are produced or sold.
Unless an exemption applies, the FDA requires that a manufacturer introducing a new medical device or a new indication for use of an existing medical device obtain either a Section 510(k) premarket notification clearance or a premarket approval (“PMA”) before introducing it into the U.S. market. The type of marketing authorization is generally linked to the classification of the device. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes (Class I, II or III) based on the degree of risk the FDA determines to be associated with a device and the level of regulatory control deemed necessary to ensure the device’s safety and effectiveness.
11
Our products are either classified as Class I or Class II devices in the U.S. Most of our Class II and certain of our Class I devices are marketed pursuant to 510(k) pre-marketing clearances. The FDA also enforces additional regulations regarding the safety of X-ray emitting devices that we currently market. The process of obtaining a Section 510(k) clearance generally requires the submission of performance data and clinical data, which in some cases can be extensive, to demonstrate that the device is “substantially equivalent” to a device that was on the market before 1976 or to a device that has been found by the FDA to be “substantially equivalent” to such a pre-1976 device. As a result, FDA clearance requirements may extend the development process for a considerable length of time.
Medical devices can be marketed only for the indications for which they are cleared or approved. After a device has received 510(k) clearance for a specific intended use, any change or modification that significantly affects its safety or effectiveness, such as a significant change in the design, materials, method of manufacture or intended use, may require a new 510(k) clearance or PMA approval and payment of an FDA user fee. The determination as to whether or not a modification could significantly affect the device’s safety or effectiveness is initially left to the manufacturer using available FDA guidance; however, the FDA may review this determination to evaluate the regulatory status of the modified product at any time and may require the manufacturer to cease marketing and recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or PMA approval is obtained.
Any medical devices we manufacture and distribute are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA and certain state agencies. These include product listing and establishment registration requirements, which help facilitate FDA inspections and other regulatory actions. As a medical device manufacturer, all of our manufacturing facilities are subject to inspection on a routine basis by the FDA. However, the frequency of these inspections has decreased over time because most of our sites participate in the Medical Device Single Audit Program (“MDSAP”), which enables a single third-party audit to meet the quality management system requirements of multiple regulatory authorities, including those in the United States, Canada, Japan, Brazil, and Australia. Nevertheless, the timing and frequency of investigations can be difficult to predict.
We are required to adhere to the Current Good Manufacturing Practices (“cGMP”) requirements, as set forth in the Quality Systems Regulation (“QSR”), which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all phases of the design and manufacturing process. The FDA has issued a final rule adopting the new Quality Management System Regulation (“QMSR”) which will replace most elements of the existing QSR by incorporating ISO 13485:2016 by reference. The QMSR became effective on February 2, 2026.
We must also comply with post-market surveillance regulations, including medical device reporting (“MDR”) requirements which require that we review and report to the FDA any incident in which our products may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury. We must also report any incident in which our product has malfunctioned if that malfunction would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur.
Labeling and promotional activities are subject to scrutiny by the FDA and, in certain circumstances, by the Federal Trade Commission. Medical devices approved or cleared by the FDA may not be promoted for unapproved or uncleared uses, otherwise known as “off-label” promotion. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses.
In the European Union (“EU”), our products are subject to the medical device laws of the various member states, which for many years were based on Directives of the European Commission. However, in May 2017, the EU adopted new, formal regulations to replace such Directives; specifically, the EU Medical Device Regulation (the “EU MDR”) which imposes stricter requirements for the marketing and sale of medical devices, including in the area of clinical evaluation requirements, quality systems and post-market surveillance. The EU regulations were adopted with staggered transitional periods that have since been updated. In February 2023, the European Parliament and European Council adopted legislation that extended the majority of the compliance dates for EU MDR to 2027 or 2028, based upon the risk class of the device. Regulatory requirements in the United Kingdom (“UK”) are also changing as a result of Brexit (the UK’s withdrawal from the EU), and regulatory requirements in Switzerland are changing as a result of the country’s withdrawal from its Mutual Recognition Agreement with the EU Commission. Complying with the EU MDR and the evolving regulatory regimes in the UK and Switzerland requires modifications to our quality management systems, additional resources in certain functions and updates to technical files, among other changes. In December 2025, the EU introduced major revisions to the medical device regulatory scheme aimed at creating a framework for artificial-intelligence powered devices and enhancing the efficiency of the registration process; these reforms are being closely monitored to determine whether adoption of such changes is forthcoming.
12
Other Healthcare Laws
In addition to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the UK Bribery Act and similar anti-bribery laws, we are also subject to various health care related laws regulating fraud and abuse, research and development, pricing and sales and marketing practices, including the U.S. federal regulations described below. Many states, foreign countries and supranational bodies have also adopted laws and regulations similar to, and in some cases more stringent than, the U.S. federal regulations discussed above and below.
◦The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration in any form (including any kickback, bribe, or certain rebate), directly or indirectly, to induce or reward the referral of business payable under a government healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid, or in return for the purchase, lease, order, arranging for, or recommendation of items or services covered under a government health care program. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate the statute to have committed a violation.
◦The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) prohibits knowingly and willfully (1) executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payors, or (2) falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services. Similar to the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the healthcare fraud statute implemented under HIPAA or specific intent to violate the statute to have committed a violation.
◦The False Claims Act imposes liability on any person or entity that, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal health care program, knowingly makes, uses or causes to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim, or knowingly makes a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the U.S. federal government. The qui tam provisions of the False Claims Act allow a private individual to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the defendant has submitted a false claim to the federal government, and to share in any monetary recovery. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items and services resulting from a violation of the U.S. Federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act.
◦The federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law prohibits, among other things, the offering or transferring of remuneration to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular supplier of Medicare or Medicaid payable items or services.
◦The Open Payments Act requires manufacturers of medical devices covered under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, subject to specific exceptions, to record payments and other transfers of value to a broad range of healthcare providers (including dentists) and teaching hospitals and to report this data as well as ownership and investment interests held by the physicians described above and their immediate family members to the Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) for subsequent public disclosure. Similar reporting requirements have also been enacted on the state level, and an increasing number of countries worldwide either have adopted or are considering similar laws requiring transparency of interactions with health care professionals.
Federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers. Analogous U.S. state laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, also may apply to our business practices, including but not limited to, research, distribution, sales and marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including private insurers. Further, there are state laws that require medical device manufacturers to comply with the voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the U.S. federal government, or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws and regulations that require manufacturers to file reports relating to pricing and marketing information, which requires tracking gifts and other remuneration and items of value provided to healthcare professionals and entities; state and local laws requiring the registration of sales representatives; and state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.
For a discussion of risks related to regulation by the FDA and comparable agencies of other countries, and the other regulatory regimes referenced above, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Laws and Regulations.”
13
Healthcare Reform
In the U.S., both at the federal level and the state level, and certain foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system. For example, there have been numerous political and legal efforts to expand, repeal, replace or modify the U.S. Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act (collectively, the “PPACA”), since the law’s enactment. Federal regulatory agencies continue to interpret and modify PPACA regulations and guidance related to the PPACA, often as a result of presidential directives or the interplay with state law requirements.
Moreover, there continues to be heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for medical products. Individual states in the U.S. have also become increasingly active in implementing regulations designed to control product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures and, in some cases, mechanisms to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.
Coverage and Reimbursement
Dental procedures and products are often paid for out-of-pocket. For products where third-party coverage and reimbursement is available, sales will depend, in part, on the extent to which such product will be covered by third-party payors, such as federal, state and foreign government healthcare programs, commercial insurance and managed healthcare organizations, and the level of reimbursement for such product by third-party payors. Decisions regarding the extent of coverage and amount of reimbursement to be provided are made on a plan-by-plan basis. These third-party payors are increasingly reducing reimbursements for medical products and services and, in international markets, many countries have instituted price ceilings on specific products and therapies. For example, China has implemented volume-based procurement (“VBP”) policies, a series of centralized reforms instituted in China on both a national and regional basis that has resulted in significant price cuts for medical and dental consumables. Price ceilings, decreases in third-party reimbursement for any product or a decision by a third-party payor not to cover a product could reduce dentist usage and patient demand for the product.
Data Privacy and Security Laws
As a global manufacturer of medical devices having access to and processing confidential, personal and/or sensitive data in the normal course of our business, we are subject to an increasing number of U.S. (federal and state) and international data privacy and security laws and regulations governing the collection, use, disclosure and protection of health-related or other personal information. Failure to comply with these requirements can subject our company to legal, regulatory, and reputational risks, as well as the financial costs associated with compliance or that can accompany regulatory investigations, enforcement actions, or private litigation as applicable.
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”) and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health (“HITECH”) Act
In the U.S., HIPAA and the accompanying Privacy Rule, Security Rule, and Breach Notification Rule, as well as business associate agreements entered into with our customers in some cases, require certain of our operations to maintain controls to protect the confidentiality, availability, and integrity of individually identifiable information, known as patient health information (“PHI”). Entities found to be in violation of HIPAA, whether as the result of a breach, privacy complaint, failure to perform a risk assessment, or for other reasons, may be subject to significant fines and penalties and/or additional reporting and oversight obligations if required to enter into a resolution agreement and corrective action plan with HHS to settle non-compliance allegations. Penalties for HIPAA violations can range from $141 to $2.1 million dollars per violation, with a maximum fine of $2.1 million for identical violations during a calendar year. In 2018, a nation-wide health benefit company paid $16 million to HHS following a data breach. Under the law, state attorneys general have authority to bring civil enforcement actions under HIPAA, and attorneys general are actively engaged in enforcement. In addition, any penalties assessed under HIPAA could be in addition to other penalties assessed by a state for a data breach in violation of state laws.
14
The HITECH Act was enacted as an update to HIPAA and makes business associates (as defined under HIPAA) of covered entities directly liable for compliance with certain HIPAA requirements, strengthens the limitations on the use and disclosure of PHI without individual authorizations, and contemplates enforcement of noncompliance with HIPAA due to willful neglect. These changes have stimulated increased enforcement activity and have enhanced the potential that health care providers will be subject to financial penalties for violations of HIPAA. In addition, the Secretary of HHS is required to perform periodic audits to ensure covered entities (and their business associates) comply with applicable HIPAA requirements, increasing the likelihood that a HIPAA violation may result in an enforcement action.
In early 2025, HHS issued a proposed new rule that included significant changes to the HIPAA Security Rule requirements. The changes focus heavily on strengthening cybersecurity for electronic protected health information by mandating Multi-Factor Authentication, requiring encryption for electronic protected health information at rest and in transit, and removing the “addressable” versus “required” distinction for security controls, making most technical safeguards contained in the HIPAA Security Rule mandatory. Other material changes include an explicit requirement to undertake annual security audits, a requirement to maintain more detailed risk analyses, an obligation to conduct specific vulnerability scanning/penetration testing, and the adoption of stricter incident response/disaster recovery plans (including 72-hour recovery goals). If the proposed rule becomes final, the implementation of these requirements may require expenditure of resources to reach compliance.
Other U.S. Federal and State Security and Privacy Laws
In addition to HIPAA, there are a growing number of federal, state, and industry-related privacy and security requirements in the U.S. that address privacy and security with respect to certain entities, processing activities, or types of data information. For example, health-related data falling outside of PHI regulated by HIPAA may be governed by some comprehensive state privacy laws (e.g., California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”)), as well as targeted laws such as Washington’s My Health My Data Act, or Illinois’s Biometric Information Privacy Act (“BIPA”). In addition, various laws and regulations apply to the security, collection, processing, storage, use, disclosure and other processing of certain types of data, including the Electronic Communications Privacy Act (“ECPA”), the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act (“CFAA”), the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”), and state and local laws relating to privacy and data security, to the extent applicable. The Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and many state attorneys general have also interpreted and are continuing to interpret federal and state consumer protection laws to impose standards for the online collection, use, dissemination, processing and security of data. Processing of payment card data is subject (via agreements with major card issuers) to the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards (“PCI-DSS”). Collection of information from website visitors may be subject to comprehensive state privacy laws that require disclosure or opt out rights, or vulnerable to private litigation under traditional surveillance laws that have been expansively interpreted (e.g., California’s California Invasion of Privacy Act (“CIPA”), Florida’s Florida Security of Communications Act (“FSCA”)). Federal laws and regulations such as the CAN-SPAM Act, the TCPA (as well as state “mini-TCPA” laws), the FTC Telemarketing Sales Rule, as well as Section 5 of the FTC Act (“unfair and deceptive practices”) and corollary state statutes restrict the use of information in marketing activities using certain data and technologies, requiring proper disclosure, compliance, and honoring of opt out rights. Finally, similar to the cross-border restrictions found in international data protection laws, the U.S. recently finalized the DOJ Bulk Transfer Rule (implementing Executive Order 14117), which restricts the export of bulk sensitive personal data (e.g., health, genomic, or financial information) to certain countries of concern.
15
A growing number of states (approximately 20) have enacted comprehensive consumer privacy laws, which require certain disclosures in privacy notices, and which grant individuals certain rights with respect to their personal information, including the right to request access, correction, or deletion thereof. While some of these laws exempt entities subject to HIPAA, others do not, or only exempt PHI, meaning we may be subject to these laws with respect to collection, use, sharing, and processing of other, non-PHI, personal information. Most state privacy and data breach notification laws do not include a private right of action, reserving enforcement authority exclusively to the state attorney general, although a few do allow private rights of action in limited circumstances. For example, the CCPA allows for private rights of action related to data breaches. In addition, all 50 states and the District of Columbia have adopted data breach notification laws that impose, in varying degrees, an obligation to notify affected individuals, and in some cases state regulatory authorities and consumer credit bureaus, in the event of a data breach or compromise, when personal information has or may have been accessed or acquired by an unauthorized person. Compliance with each of these various laws could impose significant costs, as well as legal, regulatory, or financial exposure if we are found not to be in compliance. Large-scale data breaches may be subject to private litigation under common law or other theories unrelated to the data breach notification laws. Thus, the fragmented and continually evolving federal and state cybersecurity and privacy landscape may cause us to incur significant compliance costs or drive changes to our business practices and policies, or may expose us to the potential for significant regulatory fines and penalties, or in some cases awards or settlements in civil litigation.
International privacy and security laws and regulations
As a company with international locations and operations, we may also be subject to a number of international laws regarding privacy and security.
In the EU, we are subject to the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), the primary data protection law in the European Economic Area, including the European Union (collectively, the “EU”), as well as associated EU member state data protection laws, the UK GDPR in the United Kingdom (amended in 2025 by the UK Data (Use and Access) Act), and the Swiss Federal Act on Data Protection. These laws impose significant requirements for covered businesses (controllers and processors) of personal data, including, for example, standards for obtaining consent from individuals to process their personal data, more robust disclosures to individuals, an individual data rights regime, timelines for data breach notifications, limitations on retention and secondary uses of information, requirements pertaining to health data and pseudonymised (i.e., deidentified) data, restrictions on cross-border data transfers outside of the EU, and obligations when we contract third-party processors in connection with the processing of personal data. The GDPR allows EU member state regulatory authorities (“data protection authorities”) certain flexibility to make additional laws and regulations concerning the same issues, including, for example, further limiting the processing of genetic, biometric or health data. Failure to comply with the requirements of the GDPR or its member state implementations may result in fines of up to €20,000,000 or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher. Other administrative penalties may be imposed under the applicable national data protection laws of the EU member states. In addition to GDPR, the EU Data Act took effect on September 12, 2025 and imposes requirements on connected products or services with fines of up to €20,000,000 or 4% of worldwide annual turnover, whichever is higher. Additionally, the EU NIS2 directive imposes cybersecurity obligations and incident notification requirements with fines of up to €10,000,000 or 2% of worldwide annual turnover, whichever is higher.
On August 20, 2021, China promulgated the Personal Information Protection Act Law (“PIPL”), which took effect on November 1, 2021. The PIPL imposes specific rules for processing personal information and it also specifies that the law shall also apply to personal information activities carried out outside China but for the purpose of providing products or services to PRC citizens. It also contains certain requirements and restrictions before personal data may be transferred outside of the country. The PIPL carries maximum penalties of CNY50 million or 5% of the annual revenue of entities that process personal data. Regulations and guidance regarding the PIPL continue to evolve.
Numerous other countries throughout the world have or are in the process of passing laws that contain similar requirements to the GDPR and the PIPL. For example, Brazil’s Lei Geral de Protecao de Dados (LGPD), similar to GDPR, gives consumers more control over how their personal information gets collected and used by external entities, with maximum penalties of up to R$50 million per infraction. A number of countries in the APAC region have recently adopted data protection laws similar to GDPR which contain similar restrictions, such as in Indonesia, Malaysia, Cambodia, and India. Data residency and localization laws have also been passed or are under consideration in several countries (such as Russia), which require personal information relating to their citizens to be maintained on local servers and impose additional data transfer restrictions.
16
Artificial Intelligence
Finally, the last few years have seen a number of federal and state regulatory efforts around the use of artificial intelligence. Like privacy and security, this is a quickly evolving patchwork of guidance, rules, and regulations from a number of legislative bodies, agencies, and other authorities. In the EU, even more comprehensive and prescriptive requirements over artificial intelligence have been enacted in the form of the EU AI Act, which went into effect on August 1, 2024. In the U.S., more than 1,000 artificial intelligence-related bills were introduced in state legislative sessions in the past year or two, and a growing number of states have enacted artificial intelligence-related laws or regulations – including California, Colorado, Utah, Arkansas, Montana, and New Jersey. Much like cybersecurity and privacy in the U.S., some of these requirements aim to comprehensively regulate developers and deployers of artificial intelligence, while others target specific risks, such as children’s online privacy, deepfakes or chatbots, or other specific issues. Moreover, the White House issued an executive order to develop a national policy framework on artificial intelligence, and further purports to preempt any state artificial intelligence laws inconsistent with its policies; this executive order is currently being challenged on constitutional and other grounds. Such quickly evolving legal and regulatory changes could potentially apply to and thus impact our business practices and operations.
For a discussion of risks related to compliance with data privacy and security laws, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business.”
Environmental Laws and Regulations
Our operations and properties are subject to laws and regulations relating to environmental protection, including those governing air emissions, water discharges and waste management, and workplace health and safety. In addition, certain of our products are regulated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”) and comparable state regulatory agencies. For a discussion of the environmental laws and regulations that our operations, products and services are subject to and other environmental contingencies, please refer to Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report. For a discussion of risks related to compliance with environmental and health and safety laws and risks related to past or future releases of, or exposures to, hazardous substances, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Laws and Regulations.”
Export/Import Compliance
We are required to comply with various U.S. export/import control and economic sanctions laws, including the regulations administered by the U.S. Department of Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control, which implement economic sanctions imposed against designated countries, governments and persons based on U.S. foreign policy and national security considerations, and the import regulatory activities of the U.S. Customs and Border Protection. Other nations’ governments have implemented similar export and import control regulations, which may affect our operations or transactions subject to their jurisdictions. For a discussion of risks related to export/import control and economic sanctions laws, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Laws and Regulations.”
Acquisitions
We continually evaluate potential investments and acquisitions that either strategically fit with our existing portfolio or expand our portfolio into new and attractive business areas. Our operations and results can be affected by the rate and extent to which appropriate acquisition opportunities are available, acquired businesses are effectively integrated and anticipated synergies or cost savings are achieved.
Restructuring Activities
We implemented restructuring activities across our businesses to execute our strategy, streamline operations, take advantage of available capacity and resources and to adjust our cost structure. For additional information regarding our restructuring activities, please refer to Note 18 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Legal Proceedings
We are, from time to time, subject to a variety of litigation and other legal and regulatory proceedings and claims incidental to our business. Please refer to Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report for more information.
17
Available Information
We maintain an internet website at www.envistaco.com. We make available on the Investors subpage of our website (under the link “Reports/Filings”), free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, ownership reports on Forms 3, 4 and 5 and any amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such reports with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Our internet site and the information contained on or connected to that site are not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.
18
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with the information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and other documents we file with the SEC. The risks and uncertainties described below are those that we have identified as material, but are not the only risks and uncertainties facing us. Our business is also subject to general risks and uncertainties that affect many other companies, such as market conditions, economic conditions, geopolitical events, changes in laws, regulations or accounting rules, fluctuations in interest rates, terrorism, wars or conflicts, major health concerns, natural disasters or other disruptions of expected business conditions. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial also may impair our business, including our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition.
Risk Factors Summary
The following is a summary of the principal risks that could adversely affect our business, operations and financial results:
•Conditions in the global economy, especially with respect to the particular markets we serve and the volatility of the financial markets may adversely affect our business and financial statements.
•International economic, political, legal compliance and business factors could negatively affect our financial statements.
•Significant developments or uncertainties stemming from trade policies could adversely affect our business.
•Our growth could suffer if the markets into which we sell our products and services decline.
•Our financial results are subject to fluctuations in the cost and availability of commodities.
•If we cannot adjust our manufacturing capacity or the purchases required for our manufacturing activities to reflect changes in market conditions and customer demand, our profitability may suffer, and our reliance upon sole or limited resources of supply for certain materials, components and services could cause production interruptions, delays and inefficiencies.
•A significant disruption in, or breach in security of, our information technology systems or data or violation of data privacy laws could adversely affect our business, operations, reputation and financial statements.
•Our growing use of artificial intelligence systems to automate processes and analyze data poses inherent risks.
•If we suffer loss to our facilities, supply chains, distribution systems or information technology systems due to a cybersecurity incident, catastrophe or other events, our operations could be seriously harmed.
•The manufacture of many of our products is a highly exacting and complex process.
•We currently outsource certain elements of our information technology systems to third-party services providers and their failure to adequately perform their services or attacks to their information systems could have a material adverse impact on our business operations and make our systems vulnerable to attacks.
•Data privacy and security laws relating to the handling of personal information (including personal health information) are evolving across the world and may be drafted, interpreted or applied in a manner that results in increased costs, legal claims, fines against us, reputational damage or impedes delivery.
•Our growth depends in part on the timely development, commercialization, and customer acceptance of new and enhanced products and services based on technological innovation.
•Our success depends on our ability to attract, develop and retain our key personnel.
•Any inability to consummate acquisitions at our historical rate and at appropriate prices, and to make appropriate investments that support our long-term strategy, could negatively impact our growth rate and stock price.
•Our acquisition of businesses, investments, joint ventures and other strategic relationships could negatively impact our financial statements.
•The indemnification provisions of acquisition agreements by which we have acquired companies may not fully protect us and as a result we may face unexpected liabilities.
•Divestitures or other dispositions could negatively impact our business, and contingent liabilities from businesses that we or our predecessors have sold could adversely affect our financial statements.
•Inventories maintained by our distributors and customers may fluctuate from time to time.
•We are dependent upon a limited number of distributors for a significant portion of our sales.
•If we do not or cannot adequately protect our intellectual property, or if third parties infringe our intellectual property rights, we may suffer competitive injury or expend significant resources enforcing our rights.
•Third parties may claim that we are infringing or misappropriating their intellectual property rights and we could suffer significant litigation expenses, losses or licensing expenses or be prevented from selling products or services.
•Defects and unanticipated use or inadequate disclosure with respect to our products or services (including software), or allegations thereof, could adversely affect our business, reputation and financial statements.
19
•Our restructuring and site consolidation actions could have long-term adverse effects on our business.
•Climate related risks and regulations may have an impact on our business.
•We have outstanding indebtedness of approximately $1.5 billion as of February 6, 2026, and in the future, we may incur additional indebtedness.
•We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness.
•We may be unable to raise the funds necessary to repurchase the convertible notes for cash following a fundamental change, or to pay any cash amounts due upon conversion.
•The conditional conversion feature of the convertible notes, if triggered, may adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.
•Our variable rate indebtedness exposes us to interest rate volatility.
•The industries that we serve have undergone, and are in the process of undergoing, significant changes in an effort to reduce costs.
•We face intense competition.
•Changes in governmental regulations may reduce demand for our products or services or increase our expenses.
•Certain of our businesses are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and comparable agencies of other countries.
•Off-label marketing or misleading advertising of our products could result in substantial penalties.
•Certain modifications to our products may require new 510(k) clearances or other marketing authorizations and may require us to recall or cease marketing our products.
•Our operations, products and services expose us to the risk of environmental, health and safety liabilities.
•Our businesses are subject to extensive regulation.
•The price of our common stock may continue to be volatile.
•Certain provisions in our governing documents and of Delaware law may prevent or delay an acquisition of us, which could decrease the trading price of our common stock.
•Our governing documents contain exclusive forum provisions for certain types of actions and proceedings.
•Conversion of the convertible notes may dilute the ownership interest of our stockholders.
•The issuance or sale of shares of our common stock, or rights to acquire shares of our common stock, could depress the trading price of our common stock and the convertible notes.
•We have recognized substantial impairment charges for our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets and may be required to recognize additional impairment charges for assets in the future.
•Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters could significantly affect our financial results or financial condition.
•Foreign currency exchange rates may adversely affect our financial statements.
•Changes in tax law relating to multinational corporations could adversely affect our tax position.
•We are subject to a variety of litigation and other legal and regulatory proceedings in the course of our business.
•Work stoppages, union and works council campaigns and other labor disputes could adversely impact our productivity and results of operations.
20
Risks Related to Our Business
Conditions in the global economy, especially with respect to the particular markets we serve and the volatility of the financial markets may adversely affect our business and financial statements.
Our business is sensitive to general economic conditions. Sustained inflation, increases in interest rates, slower global economic growth, threatened or actual recessions, continuing supply chain disruptions, geopolitical tensions, actual or anticipated default on sovereign debt, volatility in the currency and credit markets, consumer confidence, high levels of unemployment or underemployment (and a corresponding increase in the uninsured and underinsured population), reduced levels of capital expenditures, changes or anticipation of potential changes in government trade, fiscal, tax and monetary policies, changes in capital requirements for financial institutions, government deficit reduction and budget negotiation dynamics, sequestration, austerity measures, social or political unrest, and other challenges that affect the global economy have previously and may continue to adversely affect us and our distributors, customers and suppliers. Our success also depends upon the continued strength of the markets we serve. In many markets, dental reimbursement is largely out of pocket for the consumer and thus utilization rates can vary significantly depending on economic growth. While many of our products are considered necessary by patients regardless of the economic environment, certain products and services that support discretionary dental procedures may be susceptible to changes in economic conditions. The above factors can have the effect of:
◦reducing demand for our products and services (in this Annual Report, references to products and services also includes software), limiting the financing available to our customers and suppliers, increasing order cancellations and resulting in longer sales cycles and slower adoption of new technologies;
◦increasing the difficulty in collecting accounts receivable and the risk of excess and obsolete inventories;
◦increasing price competition in our served markets;
◦supply interruptions, which could disrupt our ability to produce our products;
◦increasing the risk of impairment of goodwill and other long-lived assets, and the risk that we may not be able to fully recover the value of other assets such as real estate and tax assets;
◦increasing the risk that counterparties to our contractual arrangements will change their terms of sale, become insolvent or otherwise unable to fulfill their contractual obligations which, in addition to increasing the risks identified above, could result in preference actions against us; and
◦adversely impacting market sizes.
There can be no assurance that the capital markets will be available to us or that the lenders participating in our credit facilities will be able to provide financing in accordance with their contractual obligations. When growth in the global economy or in any of the markets we serve slows for a significant period, there is significant deterioration in the global economy or such markets or when improvements in the global economy do not benefit the markets we serve, we may be unable to execute on our growth strategy and our business and financial statements could be adversely affected.
International economic, political, legal, compliance and business factors could negatively affect our financial statements.
In 2025, 53% of our sales were derived from customers outside the U.S. In addition, many of our manufacturing operations, suppliers and employees are located outside the U.S. Since our growth strategy depends in part on our ability to further penetrate markets outside the U.S. and increase the localization of our products and services, we expect to continue to increase our sales and presence outside the U.S., particularly in the emerging markets. Our international business (and particularly our business in emerging markets) is subject to risks that are customarily encountered in non-U.S. operations, including:
◦interruption in the transportation of materials to us and finished goods to our customers;
◦differences in terms of sale, including payment terms;
◦local product preferences and product requirements;
◦changes in a country’s or region’s political or economic conditions, such as the devaluation of particular currencies;
◦trade protection measures, sanctions, increased trade barriers, imposition of significant tariffs on imports or exports, embargoes and import or export restrictions and requirements;
21
◦regulatory requirements, including, without limitation, anti-bribery, anti-corruption and laws pertaining to the accuracy of our internal books and records;
◦unexpected changes in laws or regulatory requirements, including changes in tax laws;
◦capital controls and limitations on ownership and on repatriation of earnings and cash;
◦the potential for nationalization of enterprises;
◦changes in medical reimbursement policies and programs;
◦limitations on legal rights and our ability to enforce such rights;
◦difficulty in staffing and managing widespread operations;
◦differing labor regulations;
◦difficulties in implementing restructuring actions on a timely or comprehensive basis;
◦differing protection of intellectual property;
◦greater uncertainty, risk, expense and delay in commercializing products in certain foreign jurisdictions, including with respect to product and other regulatory approvals; and
◦other factors beyond our control, such as terrorism, war, natural disasters and pandemics.
Any of these risks could negatively affect our financial statements, business, growth rate, competitive position, results of operations and financial condition.
For example, we generate approximately 7% of our annual sales from China. Accordingly, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely influenced by evolving political, economic and social conditions in China generally. China’s government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies, and it maintains control over China’s economic growth through setting monetary policy and determining treatment of particular industries or companies. For example, China has implemented volume-based procurement policies, a series of centralized reforms instituted in China on both a national and regional basis that has resulted in significant price cuts for medical and dental consumable products. Further, considerable uncertainty exists regarding the long-term effects of the expansionary monetary and fiscal policies adopted by the central banks and financial authorities of some of the world’s leading economies, including the U.S. and China. Any uncertainty or adverse changes to economic conditions in China or the policies of China’s government or its laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China and could impact our business and operating results, leading to a reduction in demand for our products and adversely affecting our business, growth rate, competitive position, results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and the global response to this invasion, including sanctions imposed by the U.S. and other countries, has had and may continue to have an adverse impact on our business, including by impacting our ability to market and sell products in Russia, by potentially heightening our risk of cyberattacks, by impacting our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights in Russia, by creating disruptions in the global supply chain, and by potentially having an adverse impact on the global economy, financial markets, energy markets, currency rates and otherwise.
Significant developments or uncertainties stemming from trade policies and regulations could have an adverse effect on our business.
Trade policies and disputes may result in increased tariffs, trade barriers, and other protectionist measures, which can increase our manufacturing costs, make our products less competitive, reduce demand for our products, limit our ability to sell to certain customers, limit our ability to procure components or raw materials, or impede or slow the movement of our goods across borders. Increasing protectionism and economic nationalism may lead to further changes in trade policies and regulations, domestic sourcing initiatives, or other formal and informal measures that could make it more difficult to sell our products in, or restrict our access to, certain markets.
In particular, trade tensions between the U.S. and China have led to increased tariffs and trade restrictions. The U.S. has significantly increased tariffs on products imported from China into the U.S. and implemented new tariffs on imports into the U.S. from other countries, particularly from Canada, Mexico, and the EU. In response to these tariffs, some foreign countries, including China, have instituted retaliatory tariffs, which impact our products, while other countries have threatened retaliatory tariffs on certain U.S. products.
22
As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, discussions remain ongoing in respect of such trade restrictions and tariffs as well as retaliatory tariffs enacted in response to such actions. In light of these events, there continues to exist significant uncertainty about the future trade relationships between the U.S. and other countries with respect to such trade policies, treaties, and tariffs and it is difficult to predict what further trade-related actions governments may take, which may include trade restrictions and additional or increased tariffs and export controls imposed on short notice, and we may be unable to quickly and effectively react to or mitigate such actions. We have already experienced an increase in costs attributable to higher tariffs. To the extent that we are unable to offset the tariffs or if the tariffs or our countermeasures negatively impact demand, our business, profitability, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows will continue to be adversely affected. Any future tariffs and trade restrictions may also adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Additionally, in connection with the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine, governments including the U.S., UK, and those of the EU have imposed export controls on certain products and financial and economic sanctions on certain industry sectors and parties in Russia which has triggered retaliatory sanctions by the Russian government and its allies. Russia also imposed significant currency control measures aimed at restricting the outflow of foreign currency and capital from Russia. Although these export controls and sanctions did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations as of and for the year ended December 31, 2025, the outcome and future impacts of the conflict and governmental responses thereto remain highly uncertain. Existing and future sanctions may have broad and pervasive impacts to the global economy and our operations, which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
We cannot predict whether additional U.S. and foreign customs quotas, duties (including antidumping or countervailing duties), tariffs, taxes or other charges or restrictions, requirements as to where raw materials must be purchased or other restrictions on our imports will be imposed in the future or adversely modified, whether retaliatory tariffs and trade measures will be imposed by other counties on U.S. exports, or what effect such actions would have on our costs of operations. Existing and future quotas, duties or tariffs may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Future trade agreements could also provide our competitors with an advantage, or increase our costs, either of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Furthermore, trade disputes and protectionist measures, or continued uncertainty about such matters, could result in declining consumer confidence and slowing economic growth or recession, and could cause our customers to reduce, cancel, or alter the timing of their purchases. Sustained geopolitical tensions could lead to long-term changes in global trade and supply chains, and decoupling of global trade networks, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and growth prospects.
Our growth could suffer if the markets into which we sell our products and services decline, do not grow as anticipated or experience cyclicality.
Our growth depends in part on the growth of the markets which we serve, and visibility into these markets is limited (particularly for markets into which we sell through distribution). Any decline or lower than expected growth in our served markets could diminish demand for our products and services, which would adversely affect our financial statements. Our quarterly sales and profits depend substantially on the volume and timing of orders received during the fiscal quarter, which are difficult to forecast. Certain of our businesses operate in industries that may also experience periodic, cyclical downturns.
In addition, in certain of our businesses, demand depends on customers’ capital spending budgets, government funding policies, and matters of public policy and government budget dynamics, as well as product and economic cycles, which can affect the spending decisions of these entities. Demand for our products and services is also sensitive to changes in customer order patterns, which may be affected by announced price changes, marketing or promotional programs, new product introductions, the timing of industry trade shows and changes in distributor or customer inventory levels due to distributor or customer management thereof or other factors. Any of these factors could adversely affect our growth and results of operations in any given period.
23
Our financial results are subject to fluctuations in the cost and availability of commodities that we use in our operations.
As further discussed in the section entitled “Item 1. Business—Materials,” our manufacturing and other operations employ a wide variety of components, raw materials and other commodities, including metallic-based components, electronic components, chemicals, and plastics. Prices for and availability of these components, raw materials and other commodities have fluctuated significantly in the past. Any sustained interruption in the supply of these items, including as a result of shipping risks, such as container shortages, blocked shipping lanes, and port backlogs, could adversely affect our business. In addition, due to, among other items, the highly competitive nature of the industries that we serve, the cost-containment efforts of our customers, and the terms of certain contracts we are party to, there can be no assurance that the marketplace will support higher prices or that price increases and productivity gains, procurement deflation projects or savings will fully offset any raw material cost increases in the future. If we are unable to fully recover higher commodity costs through price increases or offset these increases through cost reductions, or if there is a time delay between the increase in costs and our ability to recover or offset these costs, our margins and profitability could decline and our financial statements could be adversely affected.
If we cannot adjust our manufacturing capacity or the purchases required for our manufacturing activities to reflect changes in market conditions and customer demand, our profitability may suffer. In addition, our reliance upon sole or limited sources of supply for certain materials, components and services could cause production interruptions, delays and inefficiencies.
We purchase materials, components and equipment from third parties for use in our manufacturing operations, including metallic-based components, electronic components, chemicals, and plastics. Our profitability could be adversely impacted if we are unable to adjust our purchases to reflect changes in customer demand and market fluctuations, including those caused by seasonality or cyclicality. During a market upturn, suppliers may extend lead times, limit supplies or increase prices. If we cannot purchase sufficient products at competitive prices and quality and on a timely enough basis to meet increasing demand, we may not be able to satisfy market demand, product shipments may be delayed, our costs may increase or we may breach our contractual commitments and incur liabilities. Conversely, in order to secure supplies for the production of products, we sometimes enter into non-cancelable purchase commitments with vendors, which could impact our ability to adjust our inventory to reflect declining market demands. If demand for our products is less than we expect, we may experience additional excess and obsolete inventories and be forced to incur additional charges and our profitability may suffer. For example, we have recently experienced and may continue to experience inflationary increases in our manufacturing costs and operating expenses. Prolonged inflation may also reduce or delay orders for our products and for certain products we may be unable to satisfy demand, both of which could adversely impact our sales and results of operations.
In addition, some of our businesses purchase certain materials, components and services from sole or limited source suppliers for reasons of quality assurance, regulatory requirements, cost effectiveness, availability or uniqueness of design. If these or other suppliers encounter financial, operating or other difficulties or if our relationship with them changes, we may not be able to establish additional or replacement suppliers in a timely or cost-effective manner, including as a result of FDA and other regulations that require, among other things, validation of materials and components prior to their use in our products, which could further negatively impact our business and results of operations. The supply chains for our businesses could also be disrupted by supplier capacity constraints, bankruptcy or exiting of the business for other reasons, work stoppages, decreased availability of key raw materials or commodities and external events such as natural disasters, pandemic health issues and restrictions, war, terrorist actions, cyberattacks, widespread protests and civil unrest, governmental actions and legislative or regulatory changes. Any of these factors could result in production interruptions, delays, extended lead times and inefficiencies. The supply chains for our businesses have also been impacted by global conflicts, including the Russia-Ukraine war and the Israel-Hamas war. Failure to obtain the needed supply of these products or to offset the increased costs could adversely impact our operating results.
Because we cannot always immediately adapt our production capacity and related cost structures to changing market conditions, our manufacturing capacity may at times exceed or fall short of our production requirements. Any or all of these problems could result in the loss of customers, provide an opportunity for competing products to gain market acceptance and otherwise adversely affect our financial statements.
24
A significant disruption in, or breach in security of, our information technology systems or data or violation of data privacy laws could adversely affect our business, operations, reputation and financial statements.
We rely on information technology systems, some of which are provided and/or managed by third parties, to process, transmit and store electronic information (including sensitive data, confidential business information, health information, intellectual property, and personal data relating to employees, customers, other business partners and patients), and to manage or support a variety of critical business processes and activities (such as receiving and fulfilling orders, billing, collecting and making payments, shipping products, providing services and support to customers and fulfilling contractual obligations). In addition, some of our software products and services incorporate information technology that may house personal data and some products or software we sell to customers may connect to our systems for maintenance or other purposes.
These systems, products and services (including those we acquire through business acquisitions or that we leverage through third-party service providers) may be materially impacted and/or disrupted by information security incidents. This includes incidents such as ransomware, malware, viruses, phishing, social engineering, human error or malfeasance, power outages, hardware failures, telecommunication or utility failures, catastrophes or other unforeseen events. This existing risk is potentially compounded by the increased number of our employees with hybrid or full-time remote schedules and the related increase in remote access to our systems. Cyberattacks may also target hardware, software and information installed, stored or transmitted in our products after such products have been purchased and incorporated into third-party products, facilities or infrastructure. To the extent artificial intelligence capabilities improve and are increasingly adopted, they may be used by threat actors to identify vulnerabilities and design increasingly sophisticated cybersecurity attacks. Cybersecurity and privacy vulnerabilities may also be introduced from the use of artificial intelligence by us, our customers, suppliers and other business partners and third-party providers.
Like most multinational corporations, our information technology systems have been subject to computer viruses, malicious codes, unauthorized access and other cyberattacks, and we expect the sophistication and frequency of such attacks to continue to increase. In particular, the increasing number of cyberattacks in the healthcare sector poses additional risks to our information technology systems, the products and services we provide, and the data contained therein. Security breaches of our systems, regardless of whether the breach is attributable to a vulnerability in our products or services, or security breaches of third parties’ systems on which we rely to process, store, or transmit electronic information, could result in the misappropriation, destruction or unauthorized disclosure of confidential information or personal data belonging to us or our employees, partners, customers, patients or suppliers. Even security incidents that occur on third and fourth party systems could have a material adverse impact on our business.
Unauthorized tampering, adulteration or interference with our products may also adversely affect product functionality and result in loss of data, risk to patient safety and product recalls or field actions. Additionally, if our business relationship with a third-party provider of information technology systems or services is negatively affected, or if one of our providers were to terminate its agreement with us without adequate notice, we would suffer a significant business disruption.
Any of the cyberattacks, breaches or other disruptions or damage described above could interrupt our operations or the operations of our customers, suppliers, partners or distributors; prevent order placement and fulfillment; delay production and shipments; result in theft of our and our customers’ intellectual property and trade secrets; damage customer, patient, business partner and employee relationships; harm our reputation; result in defective products or services; or lead to legal or regulatory claims, proceedings, liability and/or penalties. These events may also result in increased costs for security and remediation. All of the foregoing could adversely affect our business, reputation and financial statements. For example, during the second half of 2023, one of our largest distributors experienced a cybersecurity incident which impacted their ability to place orders and consequently impacted the timing of orders received. This incident, however, as well as other cyberattacks, did not have a material impact to our financial results, business strategy or results of operations.
As cyber threats and regulatory requirements continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches. We may also be required to incur significant expense to respond to, contain or mitigate, and remediate problems caused by security incidents, including unauthorized access to protected health information and personal information stored in our information systems, and the introduction of computer viruses or other malicious software programs to our systems. There are also significant costs associated with a data breach, including investigation costs, remediation and mitigation costs, notification costs, attorney fees, and the potential for reputational harm and lost revenues due to a loss in confidence. We cannot predict the costs to comply with these laws or the costs associated with a potential data breach, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial position and cash flows, and our business reputation.
25
We have installed privacy/security protection systems and devices on our network in an attempt to prevent cyberthreats and other unauthorized access to information. However, no organization can definitively prevent all security incidents. Where an incident does occur despite the controls we have in place, and sensitive data is impacted, we may be held liable to individuals and regulators, which could result in fines, litigation or adverse publicity that could have a material adverse effect on our business and consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Even if we are not held liable, any resulting negative publicity could harm our business, impact operations, and divert the attention of management while addressing the incident, at the expense of our business. Our risk and exposure to these matters remain heightened because of the evolving nature of these threats, increased regulatory enforcement and the expansion of consumer rights under data privacy and security laws.
We believe that our subcontractors and vendors take precautionary measures to prevent problems that could affect our business operations as a result of failure or disruption to their information systems. However, despite our process for conducting due diligence on and contractually requiring security and privacy measures from our subcontractors and vendors, there is no guarantee such efforts will be successful in preventing a disruption, and it is possible that we may be impacted by third party information system failures. The occurrence of any information system failures with our vendors could result in interruptions, delays, loss or corruption of data and cessations or interruptions in the availability of these systems. All of these events or circumstances, among others, could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial position and cash flows, and they could harm our business reputation.
Our growing use of artificial intelligence systems to automate processes and analyze data poses inherent risks.
We have and are continuing to incorporate artificial intelligence, including machine learning, in certain of our internal operations and into certain of our products and services, with the intent to enhance their operation and effectiveness. For example, we have incorporated machine-learning into certain of our software to provide artificial intelligence analysis of dental patient images designed to enhance a dentist’s own analysis. Flaws, biases or malfunctions in these systems could lead to operational disruptions, data loss, or erroneous decision-making, impacting our operations, financial condition and reputation. Ethical and legal challenges may arise, including biases or discrimination in artificial intelligence outcomes, non-compliance with data protection regulations, and lack of transparency. The legal and regulatory landscape and industry standards surrounding artificial intelligence technologies is rapidly evolving and uncertain, and compliance may impose significant operational costs and may limit our ability to develop, deploy or use artificial intelligence technologies. For a discussion of the artificial intelligence legal and regulatory landscape, please refer to “Item 1. Business—Regulatory Matters—Data Privacy and Security Laws.” Furthermore, the deployment of artificial intelligence systems could expose us to increased cybersecurity threats, such as data breaches and unauthorized access, including risks from employees using unauthorized artificial intelligence systems in violation of our artificial intelligence governance policy, leading to financial losses, legal liabilities, and reputational damage. We also face competitive risks if we fail to adopt artificial intelligence or other machine-learning technologies in a timely manner.
If we suffer loss to our facilities, supply chains, distribution systems or information technology systems due to a cybersecurity incident, catastrophe or other events, our operations could be seriously harmed.
Our facilities, supply chains, distribution systems and information technology systems are subject to catastrophic loss due to fire, flood, earthquake, hurricane, public health crises and pandemics, war, terrorism, widespread protests and civil unrest, or other natural or man-made disasters. For example, our corporate headquarters and many of our operations, including certain of our manufacturing facilities, are located in California, which is prone to earthquakes and wildfires, in addition to the other risks discussed above. If any of these facilities, supply chains or systems were to experience a catastrophic loss, it could disrupt our operations, delay production and shipments, result in defective products or services, damage customer relationships and our reputation and result in legal exposure and large repair or replacement expenses. The third-party insurance coverage that we maintain will vary from time to time in both type and amount depending on cost, availability and our decisions regarding risk retention, and may be unavailable or insufficient to protect us against such losses.
26
The manufacture of many of our products is a highly exacting and complex process, and if we directly or indirectly encounter problems manufacturing products, our reputation, business and financial statements could suffer.
The manufacture of many of our products is a highly exacting and complex process, due in part to strict regulatory requirements. Problems can arise during manufacturing for a variety of reasons, including equipment malfunction, failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, problems with raw materials, natural disasters and environmental factors, and if not discovered before the product is released to market could result in recalls and product liability exposure. Because of the time required to approve and license certain regulated manufacturing facilities and other stringent regulations of the FDA and similar agencies regarding the manufacture of certain of our products, an alternative manufacturer may not be available on a timely basis to replace such production capacity. Any of these manufacturing problems could result in significant costs, liability and lost sales, loss of market share as well as negative publicity and damage to our reputation that could reduce demand for our products.
We currently outsource certain elements of our information technology systems to third-party services providers and their failure to adequately perform their services or attacks to their information systems could have a material adverse impact on our business operations and make our systems vulnerable to attacks.
We rely on information technology systems to effectively process, transmit, and store electronic data and information for our day-to-day business operations, including sensitive personal information, personal data, personal health information, and confidential information. The size and complexity of our information technology systems makes them vulnerable to cyberattacks, intrusion, and other disruption. We currently outsource certain elements of our information technology systems to third-party subcontractors and other vendors. Our outsourcing relationships with third-parties involve access to certain of our sensitive information which may expose us to enhanced risks, attacks, and disruptions.
Data privacy and security laws relating to the handling of personal information (including personal health information) are evolving across the world and may be drafted, interpreted or applied in a manner that results in increased costs, legal claims, fines against us, reputational damage or impedes delivery.
As a global healthcare organization, we are subject to relatively stringent data privacy and security laws, regulations, and customer-imposed controls in numerous jurisdictions as a result of having access to and processing confidential, personal and/or sensitive data in the course of our business. Our subcontractors and vendors to whom we outsource our information technology systems are also subject to the requirements of data privacy and security laws, regulations, and controls. For a discussion of these data privacy and security laws and regulations, please refer to “Item 1. Business—Regulatory Matters—Data Privacy and Security Laws.”
Compliance with the varying data privacy regulations across the U.S. and around the world is complex and has required significant expenditures and may require additional expenditures and changes in our products or business models that increase complexity and competition. We may also experience less demand for our products if we are unable to enable our customers to comply with their obligations under data privacy laws.
In addition, government enforcement actions can be costly and interrupt the regular operation of our business, and data breaches or violations of data privacy laws can result in fines, reputational damage and civil lawsuits, any of which may adversely affect our business, reputation and financial statements.
Our growth depends in part on the timely development, commercialization, and customer acceptance of new and enhanced products and services based on technological innovation.
We generally sell our products and services in an industry that is characterized by rapid technological changes, frequent new product introductions and changing industry standards. If we do not develop innovative new and enhanced products and services on a timely basis, our offerings will become obsolete over time and our competitive position and financial statements will suffer. Our success will depend on several factors, including our ability to:
◦correctly identify customer needs and preferences and predict future needs and preferences;
◦allocate our research and development funding to products and services with higher growth prospects;
◦anticipate and respond to our competitors’ development of new products and services and technological innovations;
◦differentiate our offerings from our competitors’ offerings and avoid commoditization;
27
◦innovate and develop new technologies and applications, and acquire or obtain rights to third-party technologies that may have valuable applications in our served markets;
◦obtain adequate intellectual property rights with respect to key technologies before our competitors do;
◦successfully commercialize new technologies in a timely manner, price them competitively and cost-effectively manufacture and deliver sufficient volumes of new products of appropriate quality on time;
◦obtain necessary regulatory approvals of appropriate scope (including by demonstrating satisfactory clinical results where required); and
◦stimulate customer demand for and convince customers to adopt new technologies, including assisted or artificial intelligence.
If we fail to accurately predict future customer needs and preferences or fail to produce viable technologies, we may invest heavily in research and development of products and services that do not lead to significant sales, which would adversely affect our profitability.
Even if we successfully innovate and develop new and enhanced products and services, we may incur substantial costs in doing so, and our profitability may suffer. Further, if we are unable to decrease our costs associated with our Specialty Products & Technologies segment, we may be unable to improve our profitability. In addition, promising new offerings may fail to reach the market or realize only limited commercial success because of real or perceived efficacy or safety concerns, failure to achieve positive clinical outcomes, uncertainty over third-party reimbursement or entrenched patterns of clinical practice. For additional information on third-party reimbursement of dental products, please refer to “Item 1. Business—Regulatory Matters – Coverage and Reimbursement.”
Our success depends on our ability to attract, develop and retain our key personnel.
Our success depends to a significant extent upon the continued service of our executive officers and key management and technical personnel and on our ability to continue to attract, retain, and develop qualified personnel. The competition for these employees is intense. The loss of the services of key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. In addition, there could be a material adverse effect on us should the turnover rates for key personnel increase significantly or if we are unable to continue to attract qualified personnel.
Any inability to consummate acquisitions at our historical rate and at appropriate prices, and to make appropriate investments that support our long-term strategy, could negatively impact our growth rate and stock price.
Our ability to grow sales, earnings and cash flow at or above our historic rates depends in part upon our ability to identify and successfully acquire and integrate businesses at appropriate prices and realize anticipated synergies, and to make appropriate investments that support our long-term strategy. We may not be able to consummate acquisitions at rates similar to the past, which could adversely impact our growth rate and our stock price. Promising acquisitions and investments are difficult to identify and complete for a number of reasons, including high valuations, competition among prospective buyers, the availability of affordable funding in the capital markets and the need to satisfy applicable closing conditions and obtain applicable antitrust and other regulatory approvals on acceptable terms. In addition, competition for acquisitions and investments may result in higher purchase prices. Changes in accounting or regulatory requirements or instability in the credit markets could also adversely impact our ability to consummate acquisitions and investments.
Our acquisition of businesses, investments, joint ventures and other strategic relationships could negatively impact our financial statements.
As part of our business strategy we acquire businesses, make investments and enter into joint ventures and other strategic relationships in the ordinary course; please refer to “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional details. Acquisitions, investments, joint ventures and strategic relationships involve a number of financial, accounting, managerial, operational, legal, compliance and other risks and challenges, including the following, any of which could adversely affect our business and financial statements:
◦Any business, technology, service or product that we acquire or invest in could under-perform relative to our expectations and the price that we paid or not perform in accordance with our anticipated timetable, or we could fail to operate any such business profitably.
28
◦We may incur or assume significant debt in connection with our acquisitions, investments, joint ventures or strategic relationships, which could also cause a deterioration of our credit ratings, result in increased borrowing costs and interest expense and diminish our future access to the capital markets.
◦Acquisitions, investments, joint ventures or strategic relationships could cause our financial results to differ from our own or the investment community’s expectations in any given period, or over the long-term.
◦Pre-closing and post-closing earnings charges could adversely impact operating results in any given period, and the impact may be substantially different from period to period.
◦Acquisitions, investments, joint ventures or strategic relationships could create demands on our management, operational resources and financial and internal control systems that we are unable to effectively address.
◦We have in the past and could in the future experience difficulty in integrating personnel, operations and financial and other controls and systems and retaining key employees and customers.
◦We may be unable to achieve cost savings or other synergies anticipated in connection with an acquisition, investment, joint venture or strategic relationship.
◦We may assume unknown liabilities, known contingent liabilities that become realized, known liabilities that prove greater than anticipated, internal control deficiencies or exposure to regulatory sanctions resulting from the acquired company’s or investee’s activities and the realization of any of these liabilities or deficiencies may increase our expenses, adversely affect our financial position or cause us to fail to meet our public financial reporting obligations.
◦In connection with acquisitions and joint ventures, we often enter into post-closing financial arrangements such as purchase price adjustments, earn-out obligations and indemnification obligations, which may have unpredictable financial results.
◦As a result of our acquisitions and investments, we have recorded significant goodwill and other assets on our balance sheet and if we are not able to realize the value of these assets, or if the fair value of our investments declines, we may be required to incur impairment charges.
◦We may have interests that diverge from those of our joint venture partners or other strategic partners and we may not be able to direct the management and operations of the joint venture or other strategic relationship in the manner we believe is most appropriate, exposing us to additional risk.
◦Investing in or making loans to early-stage companies often entails a high degree of risk, and we may not achieve the strategic, technological, financial or commercial benefits we anticipate; we may lose our investment or fail to recoup our loan; or our investment may be illiquid for a greater-than-expected period of time.
Our ability to acquire other businesses or technologies, make strategic investments or integrate acquired businesses effectively may also be impaired by the effects of trade tensions and increased global scrutiny of foreign investments. For example, a number of countries, including the U.S. and countries in Europe and the Asia-Pacific region, are considering or have adopted restrictions on foreign investments. Governments may continue to adopt or tighten restrictions of this nature, and such restrictions could negatively impact our business and financial results.
The indemnification provisions of acquisition agreements by which we have acquired companies may not fully protect us and as a result we may face unexpected liabilities.
Certain of the acquisition agreements by which we have acquired companies require the former owners to indemnify us against certain liabilities related to the operation of the acquired company before we acquired it. In most of these agreements, however, the liability of the former owners is limited and certain former owners may be unable to meet their indemnification responsibilities. We cannot assure you that these indemnification provisions will protect us fully or at all, and as a result we may face unexpected liabilities that adversely affect our financial statements.
29
Divestitures or other dispositions could negatively impact our business, and contingent liabilities from businesses that we or our predecessors have sold could adversely affect our financial statements.
We continually assess the strategic fit of our existing businesses and may divest, spin-off, split-off or otherwise dispose of businesses that are deemed not to fit with our strategic plan or are not achieving the desired return on investment. These transactions pose risks and challenges that could negatively impact our business and financial statements. For example, when we decide to sell or otherwise dispose of a business or assets, we may be unable to do so on satisfactory terms within our anticipated timeframe or at all, and even after reaching a definitive agreement to sell or dispose a business the sale is typically subject to satisfaction of pre-closing conditions which may not become satisfied. In addition, divestitures or other dispositions may dilute our earnings per share, have other adverse tax, financial and accounting impacts and distract management, and disputes may arise with buyers. In addition, we have retained responsibility for and/or have agreed to indemnify buyers against some known and unknown contingent liabilities related to certain businesses or assets we or our predecessors have sold or disposed. The resolution of these contingencies has not had a material effect on our financial statements, but we cannot be certain that this favorable pattern will continue.
Inventories maintained by our distributors and customers may fluctuate from time to time.
We rely in part on our distributor and customer relationships and predictions of distributor and customer inventory levels in projecting future demand levels and financial results. These inventory levels may fluctuate, and may differ from our predictions, resulting in our projections of future results being different than expected. These changes may be influenced by changing relationships with the distributor and customers, economic conditions, supply chain disruption and end-user preference for particular products. There can be no assurance that our distributors and customers will maintain levels of inventory in accordance with our predictions or past history, or that the timing of distributors’ or customers’ inventory build or liquidation will be in accordance with our predictions or past history.
We are dependent upon a limited number of distributors for a significant portion of our sales, and loss of a key distributor could result in a loss of a significant amount of our sales. In addition, adverse changes in our relationships with, or the financial condition, performance, purchasing patterns or inventory levels of, key distributors and other channel partners could adversely affect our financial statements.
Historically, a substantial portion of our sales had come from a limited number of distributors, particularly Henry Schein, which accounted for approximately 12% of our sales in 2025 and 10% of our sales in 2024. It is anticipated that Henry Schein will continue to be the largest contributor to our sales for the foreseeable future. We do not currently have a master distribution agreement in place with Henry Schein for the distribution of our products in the U.S. and Canada. There can be no assurance that Henry Schein or any particular distributor will purchase any particular quantity of products from us or continue to purchase any products at all. If Henry Schein or any other key distributor or channel partner significantly reduces the volume of products purchased from us, it would have an adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements.
Our key distributors and other channel partners typically have valuable relationships with customers and end-users. Some of these distributors and other partners also sell our competitors’ products or compete with us directly, and if they favor competing products for any reason, they may fail to market our products effectively. Adverse changes in our relationships with these distributors and other partners, reduction or discontinuation of their purchases from us or adverse developments in their financial condition, performance or purchasing patterns, could adversely affect our business and financial statements. The levels of inventory maintained by our distributors and other channel partners, and changes in those levels, can also significantly impact our results of operations in any given period. In addition, the consolidation of distributors and customers in certain of our served industries could adversely impact our business and consolidated financial statements.
30
If we do not or cannot adequately protect our intellectual property, or if third parties infringe our intellectual property rights, we may suffer competitive injury or expend significant resources enforcing our rights.
Many of the markets we serve are technology-driven, and as a result intellectual property rights play a significant role in product development and differentiation. We own numerous patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and other intellectual property and licenses to intellectual property owned by others, which in aggregate are important to our business. The intellectual property rights that we obtain, however, may not be sufficiently broad or otherwise may not provide us a significant competitive advantage, and patents may not be issued for pending or future patent applications owned by or licensed to us. In addition, the steps that we and our licensors have taken to maintain and protect our intellectual property may not prevent it from being challenged, invalidated, circumvented, designed-around or becoming subject to compulsory licensing, particularly in countries where intellectual property rights are not highly developed or protected. The laws of foreign countries in which we do business or contemplate doing business in the future may not recognize intellectual property rights or protect them to the same extent as do the laws of the U.S. In some circumstances, enforcement may not be available to us because an infringer has a dominant intellectual property position or for other business reasons, or countries may require compulsory licensing of our intellectual property. We also rely on nondisclosure and noncompetition agreements with employees, consultants and other parties to protect, in part, trade secrets and other proprietary rights. There can be no assurance that these agreements will adequately protect our trade secrets and other proprietary rights and will not be breached, that we will have adequate remedies for any breach, that others will not independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information or that third parties will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or other proprietary rights. In addition, there is a risk of employees inadvertently inputting trade secret information into artificial intelligence technologies, thereby enabling third parties to access such information. Our failure to obtain or maintain intellectual property rights that convey competitive advantage, adequately protect our intellectual property or detect or prevent circumvention or unauthorized use of such property and the cost of enforcing our intellectual property rights could adversely impact our business, including our competitive position, and financial statements.
Third parties may claim that we are infringing or misappropriating their intellectual property rights and we could suffer significant litigation expenses, losses or licensing expenses or be prevented from selling products or services.
From time to time, we receive notices from third parties alleging intellectual property infringement or misappropriation of third parties’ intellectual property and cannot be certain that the conduct of our business does not and will not infringe or misappropriate the intellectual property rights of others. The increased use of artificial intelligence, particularly generative artificial intelligence, also creates the possibility of certain intellectual property infringement risks. Any dispute or litigation regarding intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming to defend due to the complexity of many of our technologies and the uncertainty of intellectual property litigation. Our intellectual property portfolio may not be useful in asserting a counterclaim, or negotiating a license, in response to a claim of infringement or misappropriation. In addition, as a result of such claims of infringement or misappropriation, we could lose our rights to critical technology, be unable to license critical technology or sell critical products and services, be required to pay substantial damages or license fees with respect to the infringed rights, be required to license technology or other intellectual property rights from others, be required to cease marketing, manufacturing or using certain products or be required to redesign, re-engineer or re-brand our products at substantial cost, any of which could adversely impact our business, including our competitive position, and financial statements. Third-party intellectual property rights may also make it more difficult or expensive for us to meet market demand for particular product or design innovations. If we are required to seek licenses under patents or other intellectual property rights of others, we may not be able to acquire these licenses on acceptable terms, if at all. In addition, certain of our agreements contain provisions requiring us to indemnify counterparties for third party infringement claims. Even if we successfully defend against claims of infringement or misappropriation, we may incur significant costs and diversion of management attention and resources, which could adversely affect our business and financial statements.
31
Defects and unanticipated use or inadequate disclosure with respect to our products or services (including software), or allegations thereof, could adversely affect our business, reputation and financial statements.
Manufacturing or design defects or “bugs” in, unanticipated use of, safety or quality issues (or the perception of such issues) with respect to, “off label” use of, or inadequate disclosure of risks relating to the use of products and services that we make or sell (including items that we source from third parties) can lead to personal injury, death, property damage, loss of profits or other liability. These events could lead to recalls or safety alerts, result in the removal of a product or service from the market and result in product liability or similar claims being brought against us. Any potential product liability claims could exceed the amount of our insurance coverage or may be excluded from coverage under the terms of the policy. Our insurance may not be renewed at a cost and level of coverage comparable to that then in effect. Recalls, removals and product liability and similar claims (regardless of their validity or ultimate outcome) can result in significant costs, as well as negative publicity and damage to our reputation that could reduce demand for our products and services. Our business can also be affected by studies of the utilization, safety and efficacy of medical device products and components that are conducted by industry participants, government agencies and others. Any of the above can result in the discontinuation of marketing of such products in one or more countries, and may give rise to claims for damages from persons who believe they have been injured as a result of product issues, including claims by individuals or groups seeking to represent a class.
Our restructuring and site consolidation actions could have long-term adverse effects on our business.
We continue to implement significant restructuring and site consolidation and centralization activities across our businesses to adjust our cost structure and to increase our operational efficiency, and we may engage in similar activities in the future. These restructuring and consolidation activities and our regular ongoing cost reduction activities (including in connection with the integration of acquired businesses) reduce our available talent, assets and other resources and could slow improvements in our products and services, adversely affect our ability to respond to customers, limit our ability to increase production quickly if demand for our products increases and trigger adverse public attention. As part of our site consolidation initiatives, we may also lose favorable tax incentives or not be able to renew leases on acceptable terms. We may make changes to certain capital projects, close certain production operations and abandon leases for certain facilities that will not be used in our operations. Further, these activities may cause employees or third parties to raise claims against us, potentially resulting in additional costs and/or causing delays in implementation. In addition, delays in implementing planned restructuring activities, site consolidation, centralization or other productivity improvements, unexpected costs or failure to meet targeted improvements may diminish the operational or financial benefits we expect to realize from such actions. Moreover, we may not succeed in implementing present or future restructuring activities, site consolidation, centralization, or cost reduction activities. Realizing the anticipated benefits from these initiatives, if any benefits are achieved at all, may take several years, and we may be unable to achieve our targeted cost efficiencies and gross margin improvements. Additionally, we may have insufficient access to capital to fund investments in these strategic initiatives, or our business strategy may change from time to time, which could delay our ability to implement initiatives that we believe are important to our business. Any of the circumstances described above could adversely impact our business and financial statements.
We may be adversely affected by climate-related risks or by legal, regulatory or market responses to such risks.
The long-term effects of climate-related risks are difficult to predict and may be widespread. The impacts of climate change may include physical risks (such as rising sea levels or changes in weather patterns), social and human effects (such as population dislocations or harm to health and well-being), compliance costs and transition risks (such as regulatory or technology changes), shifts in market trends (such as customers putting an increased priority on purchasing products that are sustainably made) and other adverse effects. Any of our primary locations may be vulnerable to the adverse effects of climate-related risks. For example, our corporate headquarters are located in California, which has historically experienced, and is likely to continue to experience, climate-related events including drought, water scarcity, flooding, heat waves, wildfires and resultant air quality impacts and power shutoffs associated with wildfire prevention. The effects of climate-related risks could also impair the availability and cost of certain products, commodities and energy (including utilities), which in turn may impact our ability to procure goods or services required for the operation of our business at the quantities and levels we require.
32
The regulations surrounding greenhouse gas emissions disclosures and sustainability reporting have also continued to evolve, with compliance requirements varying by jurisdiction. Governments, regulatory bodies and other stakeholders vary in their support of or opposition to sustainability and environmental matters in different jurisdictions in which we operate, which can lead to rapid shifts in reporting obligations and differing obligations across these jurisdictions. Both the standard setting and regulatory landscapes are also extremely complex and present significant compliance and communication challenges in light of these uncertain and varied approaches to greenhouse gas emissions disclosures and sustainability reporting. These changing rules, regulations and stakeholder expectations have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and increased management time and attention spent meeting such regulations and expectations and complying with disclosure requirements. If legislation or regulations are enacted or promulgated in the U.S. or in any other jurisdictions in which we do business that impose more stringent restrictions and requirements than our current legal or regulatory obligations, we may experience disruptions in, or increases in the costs associated with, sourcing, manufacturing and distributing our products, which may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Any such regulatory changes could have a significant effect on our operating and financial decisions, including those involving capital expenditures to reduce emissions and comply with other regulatory requirements.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness
We have outstanding indebtedness of approximately $1.5 billion, and in the future, we may incur additional indebtedness. This indebtedness could adversely affect our businesses and our ability to meet our obligations.
As of February 6, 2026, we had outstanding indebtedness of approximately $1.5 billion, including approximately $960.6 million under our second amended credit agreement (the “Second Amended Credit Agreement”), $492.7 million under our 2028 Convertible Notes (the “Notes”), with an aggregate available borrowing capacity up to $750.0 million, with a maximum alternative currency sublimit of $675.0 million, under the revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) pursuant to the Second Amended Credit Agreement, with the ability to request further increases up to the greater of consolidated EBITDA or $525.0 million. As of December 31, 2025, we had €100.0 million in outstanding borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility.
We have outstanding indebtedness of approximately $1.5 billion, and in the future, we may incur additional indebtedness. This indebtedness could adversely affect our businesses and our ability to meet our obligations.
As of February 6, 2026, we had outstanding indebtedness of approximately $1.5 billion, including approximately $960.6 million under our second amended credit agreement (the “Second Amended Credit Agreement”), $492.7 million under our 2028 Convertible Notes (the “Notes”), with an aggregate available borrowing capacity up to $750.0 million, with a maximum alternative currency sublimit of $675.0 million, under the revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) pursuant to the Second Amended Credit Agreement, with the ability to request further increases up to the greater of consolidated EBITDA or $525.0 million. As of December 31, 2025, we had €100.0 million in outstanding borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility.
Please refer to Note 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report. This debt could have important, adverse consequences to us and our security holders, including:
◦increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions;
◦limiting our ability to obtain additional financing;
◦requiring the dedication of a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service our indebtedness, which will reduce the amount of cash available for other purposes;
◦limiting our flexibility to plan for, or react to, changes in our businesses and industry;
◦diluting the interests of our existing stockholders as a result of issuing shares of our common stock upon conversion of the Notes; and
◦placing us at a possible competitive disadvantage with competitors that are less leveraged than us or have better access to capital.
Our business may not generate sufficient funds, and we may otherwise be unable to maintain sufficient cash reserves, to pay amounts due under our indebtedness, and our cash needs may increase in the future. The Second Amended Credit Agreement contains restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term interest, including for example EBITDA-based leverage and interest coverage ratios. If we breach any of these restrictions and cannot obtain a waiver from the lenders on favorable terms, subject to applicable cure periods, the outstanding indebtedness (and any other indebtedness with cross-default provisions) could be declared immediately due and payable, which would adversely affect our liquidity and financial statements.
The risks described above will increase with the amount of indebtedness we incur, and in the future, we may incur significant indebtedness in addition to the indebtedness described above.
33
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful and may adversely affect our ability to pay dividends (if we pay dividends in the future).
Our ability to make scheduled payments on or refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control. We may be unable to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness.
If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to dispose of material assets or operations, alter our dividend policy (if we pay dividends in the future), seek additional debt or equity capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We may not be able to effect any such alternative measures on commercially reasonable terms or at all and, even if successful, those alternative actions may not allow us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. The instruments that may govern our indebtedness in the future may restrict our ability to dispose of assets and may restrict the use of proceeds from those dispositions. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain proceeds in an amount sufficient to meet any debt service obligations when due.
In addition, we conduct our operations through our subsidiaries. Accordingly, repayment of our indebtedness will depend on the generation of cash flow by our subsidiaries, including certain international subsidiaries, and their ability to make such cash available to us, by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise. Our subsidiaries may not have any obligation to pay amounts due on our indebtedness or to make funds available for that purpose. Our subsidiaries may not be able to, or may not be permitted to, make adequate distributions to enable us to make payments in respect of our indebtedness. Each subsidiary is a distinct legal entity and, under certain circumstances, legal, tax and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. In the event that we do not receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to make required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness.
Our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all, may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness or pay dividends on our common stock if we pay dividends in the future.
We may be unable to raise the funds necessary to repurchase the Notes for cash following a fundamental change, or to pay any cash amounts due upon conversion, and our other indebtedness may limit our ability to repurchase the Notes or pay cash upon their conversion.
Holders of the Notes may require us to repurchase their Notes following a fundamental change at a cash repurchase price generally equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, upon conversion, we will satisfy part or all of our conversion obligation in cash. We may not have enough available cash or be able to obtain financing at the time we are required to repurchase the Notes or pay the cash amounts due upon conversion. In addition, applicable law, regulatory authorities and the agreements governing our other indebtedness may restrict our ability to repurchase the Notes or pay the cash amounts due upon conversion. Our failure to repurchase the Notes or to pay the cash amounts due upon conversion when required will constitute a default under the indenture governing the Notes between us and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, dated as of August 10, 2023. A default under the 2028 Convertible Notes Indenture (the “Indenture”), or the fundamental change itself could also lead to a default under agreements governing our other indebtedness, which may result in that other indebtedness becoming immediately payable in full. We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy all amounts due under the other indebtedness and the Notes.
34
The conditional conversion feature of the Notes, if triggered, may adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.
In the event the conditional conversion feature of the Notes is triggered, holders of Notes will be entitled to convert the Notes at any time during specified periods at their option. We made an irrevocable election to satisfy the principal amounts of Notes outstanding upon conversion with cash. If one or more holders elect to convert their Notes, we would be required to settle a portion or all of our conversion obligation through the payment of cash, which could adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, even if holders do not elect to convert their Notes, we could be required under applicable accounting rules to reclassify all or a portion of the outstanding principal of the Notes as a current rather than long-term liability, which would result in a material reduction of our net working capital. As of December 31, 2025, none of the conditions allowing the Note holders to convert the Notes was satisfied. As a result, as of December 31, 2025, the Notes are classified as a non-current liability.
Our variable rate indebtedness exposes us to interest rate volatility, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.
Borrowings under certain of our facilities, including our Second Amended Credit Agreement, are made at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate volatility. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on certain of our variable rate indebtedness will increase even though the amount borrowed remains the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease.
Risks Related to Our Industry
The industries that we serve have undergone, and are in the process of undergoing, significant changes in an effort to reduce costs, which could adversely affect our financial statements.
The industries that we serve have undergone, and are in the process of undergoing, significant changes in an effort to reduce costs, including the following:
◦Governmental and private health care providers and payors around the world are increasingly utilizing managed care for the delivery of health care services, centralizing purchasing, limiting the number of vendors that may participate in purchasing programs, forming group purchasing organizations, DSOs, and integrated health delivery networks and pursuing consolidation to improve their purchasing leverage and using competitive bid processes to procure health care products and services.
◦Certain of our customers, and the end-users to whom our customers supply products, rely on government funding of and reimbursement for health care products and services and research activities. The health care austerity measures in other countries and other potential health care reform changes and government austerity measures have reduced and may further reduce the amount of government funding or reimbursement available to customers or end-users of our products and services and/or the volume of medical procedures using our products and services. Other countries, as well as some private payors, also control the price of health care products, directly or indirectly, through reimbursement, payment, pricing or coverage limitations, tying reimbursement to outcomes or (in the case of governmental entities) compulsory licensing. For example, China has implemented volume-based procurement policies, a series of centralized reforms instituted in China on both a national and regional basis that has resulted in significant price cuts for medical and dental consumable products. Global economic uncertainty or deterioration can also adversely impact government funding and reimbursement.
These changes, as well as other impacts from market demand, government regulations, third-party coverage and reimbursement policies and societal pressures have started changing the way health care is delivered, reimbursed and funded and may cause participants in the health care industry and related industries that we serve to purchase fewer of our products and services, reduce the prices they are willing to pay for our products or services, reduce the amounts of reimbursement and funding available for our products and services from governmental agencies or third-party payors, heighten clinical data requirements, reduce the volume of medical procedures that use our products and services, implement policies that affect the acceptance rate of new technologies and products and increase our compliance and other costs. In addition, we may be excluded from important market segments or unable to enter into contracts with group purchasing organizations, DSOs, and integrated health networks on terms acceptable to us, and even if we do enter into such contracts they may be on terms that negatively affect our current or future profitability. All of the factors described above could adversely affect our business and financial statements.
35
We face intense competition and if we are unable to compete effectively, we may experience decreased demand and decreased market share. Even if we compete effectively, we may be required to reduce prices for our products and services.
Our businesses operate in industries that are intensely competitive and have been subject to increasing consolidation, including the growing significance of DSOs. Because of the range of the products and services we sell and the variety of markets we serve, we encounter a wide variety of competitors. See “Item 1. Business—Competition.” In order to compete effectively, we must retain longstanding relationships with major customers and DSOs and continue to grow our business by establishing relationships with new customers, DSOs and external experts, continually developing new products and services to maintain and expand our brand recognition and leadership position in various product and service categories and penetrating new markets, including emerging markets. In addition, significant shifts in industry market share have occurred and may in the future occur in connection with product problems, safety alerts and publications about products, reflecting the competitive significance of product quality, product efficacy and quality systems in our industry. Our failure to compete effectively and/or pricing pressures resulting from competition may adversely impact our financial statements, and our expansion into new markets may result in greater-than-expected risks, liabilities and expenses. Some of our competitors have a broader product portfolio than we do. In addition, we are exposed to the risk that our competitors or our customers may introduce private label, generic, or low-cost products that compete with our products at lower price points. New disruptive technologies, including those that incorporate artificial intelligence, may emerge that displace our existing technologies. If these competitors’ products capture significant market share or decrease market prices overall, this could have an adverse effect on our financial statements.
Risks Related to Laws and Regulations
Changes in governmental regulations may reduce demand for our products or services or increase our expenses.
We compete in markets in which we and our customers must comply with supranational, federal, state, local and other jurisdictional regulations, such as regulations governing health and safety, the environment, food and drugs and privacy. We develop, configure and market our products and services to meet customer needs created by these regulations. These regulations are complex, change frequently, have tended to become more stringent over time and may be inconsistent across jurisdictions. Any significant change in any of these regulations (or in the interpretation or application thereof) could reduce demand for, increase our costs of producing or delay the introduction of new or modified products and services, or could restrict our existing activities, products and services. We are also incorporating artificial intelligence into certain of our products to make them more effective for us and our customers; however, this subjects us to risks of compliance with the expanding and changing regulations regarding the use of artificial intelligence.
Certain of our businesses are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and comparable agencies of other countries, as well as laws regulating fraud and abuse in the health care industry and the privacy and security of health information. Failure to comply with those regulations could adversely affect our reputation, ability to do business and financial statements.
Most of our products are medical devices subject to regulation by the FDA, by other federal and state governmental agencies, by comparable agencies of other countries and regions, by certain accrediting bodies and by regulations governing hazardous materials (or the manufacture and sale of products containing any such materials). The FDA and these other regulatory authorities enforce additional regulations regarding the safety of X-ray emitting devices. The global regulatory environment has become increasingly stringent and unpredictable. Several countries that did not have regulatory requirements for medical devices have established such requirements in recent years, and other countries have expanded, or plan to expand, their existing regulations. For example, the EU MDR imposes stricter requirements for the marketing and sale of medical devices, including in the area of clinical evaluation requirements, quality systems and post-market surveillance. Medical devices that have been assessed and/or certified under the EU Medical Device Directive may continue to be placed on the market until 2027/2028 (or until the expiry of their certificates, if applicable and earlier); however, requirements regarding the distribution, marketing and sale including quality systems and post-market surveillance have to be observed by manufacturers, importers and distributors as of the application date. Complying with the EU MDR required modifications to our quality management systems, additional resources in certain functions, and required and will continue to require updates to technical files, among other changes. Failure to meet these requirements could adversely impact our business in the EU and other regions that tie their product registrations to the EU requirements.
Certain of our businesses are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and comparable agencies of other countries, as well as laws regulating fraud and abuse in the health care industry and the privacy and security of health information. Failure to comply with those regulations could adversely affect our reputation, ability to do business and financial statements.
Most of our products are medical devices subject to regulation by the FDA, by other federal and state governmental agencies, by comparable agencies of other countries and regions, by certain accrediting bodies and by regulations governing hazardous materials (or the manufacture and sale of products containing any such materials). The FDA and these other regulatory authorities enforce additional regulations regarding the safety of X-ray emitting devices. The global regulatory environment has become increasingly stringent and unpredictable. Several countries that did not have regulatory requirements for medical devices have established such requirements in recent years, and other countries have expanded, or plan to expand, their existing regulations. For example, the EU MDR imposes stricter requirements for the marketing and sale of medical devices, including in the area of clinical evaluation requirements, quality systems and post-market surveillance. Medical devices that have been assessed and/or certified under the EU Medical Device Directive may continue to be placed on the market until 2027/2028 (or until the expiry of their certificates, if applicable and earlier); however, requirements regarding the distribution, marketing and sale including quality systems and post-market surveillance have to be observed by manufacturers, importers and distributors as of the application date. Complying with the EU MDR required modifications to our quality management systems, additional resources in certain functions, and required and will continue to require updates to technical files, among other changes. Failure to meet these requirements could adversely impact our business in the EU and other regions that tie their product registrations to the EU requirements.
36
Similarly, under the Physician Payment Sunshine Act, we are required to collect and report detailed information regarding certain financial relationships we have with covered recipients, including physicians, dentists, teaching hospitals, and certain other non-physician practitioners. We or our subsidiaries may be required to report information under certain state transparency laws that address circumstances not covered by the Physician Payment Sunshine Act, and some of these state laws, as well as the federal law, can be unclear. We are also subject to foreign regulations requiring transparency of certain interactions between suppliers and their customers. While we believe we have substantially compliant programs and controls in place satisfying the above laws and requirements, such compliance imposes additional costs on us and the requirements are sometimes unclear.
To varying degrees, these regulators require us to comply with laws and regulations governing the development, testing, manufacturing, labeling, marketing, distribution and post-marketing surveillance of our products. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain regulatory clearance (such as 510(k) clearance) or approvals for our new products or modifications to (or additional indications or uses of) existing products within our anticipated timeframe or at all, and if we do obtain such clearance or approval, it may be time-consuming, costly and subject to restrictions. Our ability to obtain such regulatory clearances or approvals will depend on many factors and the process for obtaining such clearances or approvals could change over time. Even after initial regulatory clearance or approval, we are subject to periodic inspection by these regulatory authorities, and if safety issues arise, we may be required to amend conditions for use of a product, such as providing additional warnings on the product’s label or narrowing its approved intended use, which could reduce the product’s market acceptance. Failure to obtain required regulatory clearances or approvals before marketing our products (or before implementing modifications to or promoting additional indications or uses of our products), other violations of these regulations, failure to remediate inspectional observations to the satisfaction of these regulatory authorities and real or perceived efficacy or safety concerns or trends of adverse events with respect to our products (even after obtaining clearance for distribution) have led to FDA Form 483 Inspectional Observations, and can lead to warning letters, notices to customers, declining sales, loss of customers, loss of market share, remediation and increased compliance costs, mandatory recalls, seizures of adulterated or misbranded products, injunctions, administrative detentions, refusals to permit importations, partial or total shutdown of production facilities or the implementation of operating restrictions, narrowing of permitted uses for a product, suspension or withdrawal of approvals and pre-market notification rescissions.
We are also subject to various laws regulating fraud and abuse, pricing and sales and marketing practices in the health care industry and the privacy and security of health information as well as manufacturing and quality standards, including the federal regulations described in “Item 1. Business —Regulatory Matters.” Ensuring that our internal operations and business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations involves substantial costs. It is possible that government authorities will conclude that our business practices do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations, agency guidance or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations.
Noncompliance with these standards can result in, among other things, fines, expenses, injunctions, civil penalties, recalls or seizures of products, total or partial suspension of production, refusal of the government to grant 510(k) clearance of devices, withdrawal of marketing approvals, criminal prosecutions and other adverse effects referenced below under “Our businesses are subject to extensive regulation; failure to comply with those regulations could adversely affect our financial statements and our business, including our reputation.” Further, defending against any such actions can be costly and time-consuming and may require significant personnel resources. Therefore, even if we are successful in defending against any such actions that may be brought against us, our business may be impaired.
Off-label marketing or misleading advertising of our products could result in substantial penalties.
The FDA, the FTC and, in some cases, the EPA strictly regulate the promotional claims that may be made about approved or cleared products. In particular, any clearances we may receive only permit us to market our products for the uses indicated on the labeling cleared by the FDA. We may request additional use indications for our current products, and the FDA may deny those requests outright, require additional expensive performance or clinical data to support any additional indications or impose limitations on the intended use of any cleared products as a condition of clearance. If the FDA determines that we have marketed or advertised our products for off-label use, we could be subject to fines, injunctions or other penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our business activities to constitute promotion of an off-label use or misbranding, which could result in significant penalties, including, but not limited to, criminal, civil and administrative penalties, substantial monetary penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, and/or the curtailment of our operations. Any of these events could significantly harm our business and results of operations and cause our stock price to decline.
37
Certain modifications to our products may require new 510(k) clearances or other marketing authorizations and may require us to recall or cease marketing our products.
Once a medical device is permitted to be legally marketed in the U.S. pursuant to a 510(k) clearance, a manufacturer may be required to notify the FDA of certain modifications to the device. Manufacturers determine in the first instance whether a change to a product requires a new premarket submission, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new clearances are necessary. We have made modifications to our products in the past and have determined based on our review of the applicable FDA regulations and guidance that in certain instances new 510(k) clearances or other premarket submissions were not required. We may make similar modifications or add additional features in the future that we believe do not require a new 510(k) clearance. If the FDA disagrees with our determinations and requires us to submit new 510(k) notifications, we may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.
Our operations, products and services expose us to the risk of environmental, health and safety liabilities, costs and violations that could adversely affect our business, reputation and financial statements.
Our operations, products and services are subject to environmental laws and regulations, which impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the environment, establish standards for the use, generation, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes and impose end-of-life disposal and take-back programs. We must also comply with various health and safety regulations in the U.S. and abroad in connection with our operations. We cannot assure you that our environmental, health and safety compliance program (or the compliance programs of businesses we acquire) have been or will at all times be effective. Failure to comply with any of these laws could result in civil and criminal, monetary and non-monetary penalties and damage to our reputation. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that our costs of complying with current or future environmental protection and health and safety laws will not exceed our estimates or adversely affect our financial statements.
In addition, we may incur costs related to remedial efforts or alleged environmental damage associated with past or current waste disposal practices or other hazardous materials handling practices. We are also from time to time party to personal injury, property damage or other claims brought by private parties alleging injury or damage due to the presence of or exposure to hazardous substances. We may also become subject to additional remedial, compliance or personal injury costs due to future events such as changes in existing laws or regulations, changes in agency direction or enforcement policies, developments in remediation technologies, changes in the conduct of our operations and changes in accounting rules. For additional information regarding these risks, please refer to Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report. We cannot assure you that our liabilities arising from past or future releases of, or exposures to, hazardous substances will not exceed our estimates or adversely affect our reputation and financial statements or that we will not be subject to additional claims for personal injury or remediation in the future based on our past, present or future business activities.
Our businesses are subject to extensive regulation; failure to comply with those regulations could adversely affect our financial statements and our business, including our reputation.
In addition to the environmental, health, safety, health care, medical device, anticorruption, data privacy and other regulations noted elsewhere in this Annual Report, our businesses are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. and non-U.S. governmental and self-regulatory entities at the supranational, federal, state, local and other jurisdictional levels, including laws governing payments to government officials, bribery, fraud, kickbacks and false claims, pricing, sales and marketing practices, conflicts of interest, competition, employment practices and workplace behavior, export and import compliance, economic and trade sanctions, money laundering and data privacy.
38
We cannot provide assurance that our internal controls and compliance systems will always protect us from acts committed by our employees, agents or business partners (or of businesses we acquire or partner with) that would violate U.S. and/or non-U.S. laws. In particular, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the UK Bribery Act and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, and we operate in countries that have experienced corruption. Any such improper acts or allegations of such acts could damage our reputation and subject us to civil or criminal investigations in the U.S. and in other jurisdictions and related stockholder lawsuits, could lead to substantial civil and criminal, monetary and non-monetary penalties and could cause us to incur significant legal and investigatory fees. In addition, the government may seek to hold us liable for violations committed by companies in which we invest or that we acquire. We also rely on our suppliers to adhere to our supplier standards of conduct, and material violations of such standards of conduct could occur that could have a material effect on our business, reputation, and financial statements.
We are also required to comply with various import laws and export control and economic sanctions laws, which may affect our transactions with certain customers, business partners and other persons and dealings between our employees and between our subsidiaries. In certain circumstances, export control and economic sanctions regulations may prohibit the export of certain products, services, and technologies. In other circumstances, we may be required to obtain an export license before exporting the controlled item. Compliance with the various import laws that apply to our businesses can restrict our access to, and increase the cost of obtaining, certain products and at times can interrupt our supply of imported inventory.
Our products and operations are also often subject to differing national industrial standards, and failure to comply with these rules could result in withdrawal of certifications needed to sell our products and services and otherwise adversely impact our business and financial statements. Non-compliance with applicable requirements (or any alleged or perceived failure to comply) could result in import detentions, fines, damages, civil and administrative penalties, injunctions, suspensions or losses of regulatory approvals, recall or seizure of products, operating restrictions, refusal of the government to approve product export applications or allow us to enter into supply contracts, disbarment from selling to certain governmental agencies or exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid or similar programs in other countries or jurisdictions, integrity oversight and reporting obligations to resolve allegations of non-compliance, disruption of our business, limitation on our ability to manufacture, import, export and sell products and services, loss of customers, significant legal and investigatory fees, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, reputational harm, contractual damages, diminished profits, curtailment or restricting of business operations, criminal prosecution and other monetary and non-monetary penalties. For additional information regarding these risks, please refer to the section entitled “Business—Regulatory Matters.”
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Stock
The price of our common stock may continue to be volatile, which could lead to securities litigation brought against us or cause investors to lose the value of their investment.
There may be wide fluctuations in the market value of our common stock as a result of many factors. From our IPO through February 6, 2026, the sales price of our common stock as reported by the New York Stock Exchange or NYSE, has ranged from a low sales price of $10.08 on March 19, 2020 to a high sales price of $52.03 on March 29, 2022. Factors that may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate, some of which may be beyond our control, include:
◦our quarterly or annual earnings, or those of other companies in our industry;
◦actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;
◦changes in earnings estimated by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates;
◦the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies;
◦investor interest in the dental industry;
◦changes to the regulatory and legal environment in which we operate;
◦macroeconomic conditions, inflation, interest rates, fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates, slow economic growth, continuing supply chain disruptions, and global conflicts, including the Russia-Ukraine war and the Israel-Hamas war;
◦unusual events such as significant acquisitions by us and our competitors, divestitures, litigation, regulatory actions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance;
39
◦announcements by us or our competitors of new products or technological innovation;
◦overall market fluctuations and domestic and worldwide economic conditions; and
◦other factors described in these “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Stock markets in general have experienced volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of a particular company. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. In the past, periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities have often been followed by securities litigation brought against these companies. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources. In addition, as a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the purchase price.
Certain provisions in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, our third amended and restated bylaws, the Indenture governing the Notes, and of Delaware law, may prevent or delay an acquisition of us, which could decrease the trading price of our common stock.
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, and third amended and restated bylaws contain, and Delaware law contains, provisions that are intended to deter coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage prospective acquirers to negotiate with our Board of Directors rather than to attempt an unsolicited takeover not approved by our Board of Directors. These provisions include, among others:
◦the inability of our stockholders to call a special meeting;
◦the inability of our stockholders to act by written consent;
◦rules regarding how stockholders may present proposals or nominate directors for election at stockholder meetings;
◦the right of our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval; and
◦the ability of our directors, and not stockholders, to fill vacancies (including those resulting from an enlargement of our Board of Directors) on our Board of Directors.
Additionally, certain provisions in the Notes and the Indenture governing the Notes could make a third party attempt to acquire us more difficult or expensive. For example, if a takeover constitutes a fundamental change, then holders of the Notes will have the right to require us to repurchase their Notes for cash. In addition, if a takeover constitutes a make-whole fundamental change, then we may be required to temporarily increase the conversion rate. In either case, and in other cases, our obligations under the Notes and the Indenture could increase the cost of acquiring us or otherwise discourage a third party from acquiring us or removing incumbent management, including in a transaction that holders of our securities may view as favorable.
In addition, because we have not chosen to be exempt from Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), this provision could also delay or prevent a change of control that you may favor. Section 203 provides that, subject to limited exceptions, persons that acquire, or are affiliated with a person that acquires, more than 15% of the outstanding voting stock of a Delaware corporation (an “interested stockholder”) shall not engage in any business combination with that corporation, including by merger, consolidation or acquisitions of additional shares, for a three-year period following the date on which the person became an interested stockholder, unless (i) prior to such time, the board of directors of such corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of such corporation at the time the transaction commenced (excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) the voting stock owned by directors who are also officers or held in employee benefit plans in which the employees do not have a confidential right to tender or vote stock held by the plan); or (iii) on or subsequent to such time the business combination is approved by the board of directors of such corporation and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation not owned by the interested stockholder.
40
We believe these provisions will protect our stockholders from coercive or otherwise unfair takeover tactics by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our Board of Directors and by providing our Board of Directors with more time to assess any acquisition proposal. These provisions are not intended to make us immune from takeovers. However, these provisions will apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some stockholders and could delay or prevent an acquisition that our Board of Directors determines is in the best interests of us and our stockholders. These provisions may also prevent or discourage attempts to remove and replace incumbent directors.
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, designates the state courts in the State of Delaware or, if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal court for the District of Delaware, as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, employees and stockholders.
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, provides that unless our Board of Directors otherwise determines, the state courts in the State of Delaware or, if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal court for the District of Delaware, will be the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us, any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or stockholders to us or our stockholders, any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, or third amended and restated bylaws, or any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This provision would not apply to claims brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.
In addition, our third amended and restated bylaws provide that the federal district courts of the U.S. will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum.
These exclusive forum provisions may limit the ability of our stockholders to bring a claim in a judicial forum that such stockholders find favorable for disputes with us or our directors or officers, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, employees and stockholders.
Conversion of the Notes may dilute the ownership interest of our stockholders or may otherwise depress the prices of our common stock.
The conversion of some or all of the Notes may dilute the ownership interests of our stockholders. Upon conversion of the Notes, we have the option to pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock to satisfy any Notes conversion value in excess of the principal amount. If we elect to settle the value in excess of the principal amount in shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, any sales in the public market of our common stock issuable upon such conversion could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. In addition, the existence of the Notes may encourage short selling by market participants because the conversion of the Notes could be used to satisfy short positions, or anticipated conversion of the Notes into shares of our common stock could depress the price of our common stock.
The issuance or sale of shares of our common stock, or rights to acquire shares of our common stock, could depress the trading price of our common stock and the Notes.
We may conduct future offerings of our common stock, preferred stock or other securities that are convertible into or exercisable for our common stock to finance our operations or fund acquisitions, or for other purposes. In addition, we have reserved 27,081,197 shares of common stock for the exercise of stock options or vesting of restricted stock units and performance share units. The Indenture for the Notes does not restrict our ability to issue additional equity securities in the future. If we issue additional shares of our common stock or rights to acquire shares of our common stock, if any of our existing stockholders sells a substantial amount of our common stock, or if the market perceives that such issuances or sales may occur, then the trading price of our common stock, and, accordingly, the Notes may significantly decline. In addition, our issuance of additional shares of common stock will dilute the ownership interests of our existing common stockholders, including holders of Notes who have received shares of our common stock upon conversion of their Notes.
41
General Risks
We have recognized substantial impairment charges for our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets and may be required to recognize additional impairment charges for such assets in the future.
Following the recording of $1.1 billion and $0.3 million in goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment charges in 2024 and 2023, respectively, the net carrying value of our goodwill and other intangible assets totaled approximately $3.0 billion as of December 31, 2025. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, we periodically assess these assets to determine if they are impaired. The valuation models used to determine the fair value of goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets are dependent upon various assumptions and reflect management’s best estimates. We conducted our annual goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles impairment test during the fourth quarter of 2025 and did not identify any indicators of impairment charges.
Significant negative industry or economic trends, disruptions to our business, inability to effectively integrate acquired businesses, unexpected significant changes or planned changes in use of our assets, changes in the structure of our business, divestitures, market capitalization declines, or increases in associated discount rates may further impair our goodwill and other intangible assets. Any additional charges relating to such impairments would adversely affect our results of operations in the periods recognized.
Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters could significantly affect our financial results or financial condition.
Generally accepted accounting principles and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business, including but not limited to valuation of intangible assets and goodwill, and purchase price allocations related to business combinations are highly complex and involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments. Changes in these rules or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments by management could significantly change or increase volatility of our reported or expected financial performance or financial condition. Please refer to Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report for additional information on our significant accounting policies and underlying assumptions, estimates and judgments.
Foreign currency exchange rates may adversely affect our financial statements.
Sales and purchases in currencies other than the U.S. dollar expose us to fluctuations in foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar and, given our global operations, may adversely affect our financial statements. Increased strength of the U.S. dollar increases the effective price of our products sold in U.S. dollars into other countries, which may require us to lower our prices or adversely affect sales to the extent we do not increase local currency prices. Decreased strength of the U.S. dollar could adversely affect the cost of materials, products and services we purchase overseas. Sales and expenses of our non-U.S. businesses are also translated into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes and the strengthening or weakening of the U.S. dollar could result in unfavorable translation effects. In addition, certain of our businesses may invoice customers in a currency other than the business’ functional currency, and movements in the invoiced currency relative to the functional currency could also result in unfavorable translation effects. We also face exchange rate risk from our investments in subsidiaries owned and operated in foreign countries.
Changes in tax law relating to multinational corporations could adversely affect our tax position.
The U.S. Congress, government agencies in non-U.S. jurisdictions where we and our affiliates do business and the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, have continued to focus on issues related to the taxation of multinational corporations. As a result, the tax laws in the U.S. and other countries in which we do business could change on a prospective or retroactive basis, and any such changes could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
42
We are subject to a variety of litigation and other legal and regulatory proceedings in the course of our business that could adversely affect our business and financial statements.
We are or could be subject to a variety of litigation and other legal and regulatory proceedings incidental to our business (or the business operations of previously-owned or subsequently-purchased entities), including claims or counterclaims for damages arising out of the use of products or services and claims relating to intellectual property matters, employment matters, tax matters, commercial disputes, breach of contract claims, competition and sales and trading practices, environmental matters, personal injury, insurance coverage, acquisition-related matters and general statutory claims or other claims pursuant to law, as well as regulatory or judicial subpoenas, requests for information, investigations and enforcement. We may also become involved in lawsuits as a result of past or future acquisitions or as a result of liabilities retained from, or representations, warranties or indemnities provided in connection with, businesses acquired or divested by us or our predecessors. The types of claims made in lawsuits may include claims for compensatory damages, incidental damages, consequential damages, and punitive damages (and in some types of cases, treble damages) and/or injunctive relief. The pursuit or defense of these lawsuits may divert our management’s attention, we may incur significant expenses in pursuing or defending these lawsuits, and we may be required to pay damage awards or settlements or become subject to equitable remedies that could adversely affect our operations and financial statements. Moreover, any insurance or indemnification rights that we may have may be insufficient or unavailable to protect us against such losses. In addition, developments in proceedings in any given period may require us to adjust the loss contingency estimates that we have recorded in our financial statements, record estimates for liabilities or assets previously not susceptible of reasonable estimates or pay cash settlements or judgments. Any of these developments could adversely affect our financial statements in any particular period. We cannot assure you that our liabilities in connection with litigation and other legal and regulatory proceedings will not exceed our estimates or adversely affect our financial statements and business.
Work stoppages, union and works council campaigns and other labor disputes could adversely impact our productivity and results of operations.
Certain of our U.S. and non-U.S. employees are subject to collective labor arrangements. We are subject to potential work stoppages, union and works council campaigns and other labor disputes, any of which could adversely impact our financial statements and business, including our productivity and reputation.
43
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Not applicable.
ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY
Risk Management and Strategy
We have adopted an Information Security Policy applicable to all of our employees and business partners. We provide security awareness education and training for our employees annually, conduct regular phishing testing with remedial training for those who fail the tests, and publish internal alerts to highlight any emerging or urgent security threats. We also maintain a Global Security Incident Response Plan (“GSIRP”) to guide our response in the event of a cyberattack or other form of network penetration. Our GSIRP is a cross-functional plan that documents the details and decision-making processes required during a response to a security incident, as well as the reporting protocol with escalation timelines and responsibilities. We test our GSIRP with tabletop exercises administered by a third-party security consultant. We leverage the standards set by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (“NIST”) Cybersecurity Framework as well as industry best practices to measure our security posture and manage risk. We also maintain cyber liability insurance to help mitigate potential liabilities resulting from cyber issues, although our insurer may deny coverage for a future claim or our insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all losses from a cyberattack.
Cybersecurity Governance
Our Global Head of Information Security & Governance, Risk Management, and Compliance (“GRC”) reports to our Chief Information Officer and is responsible for leading our enterprise-wide information security team. The team focuses on developing and implementing strategies, processes and response plans to protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our assets. Our Global Head of Information Security & GRC has prior experience as a chief information security officer and over 25 years of experience in technology and security. Our security team also includes members who maintain industry security certificates. Our team is additionally supported by our managed service provider and other third parties to assist in the operations of our program, compliance audits and security penetration testing.
44
Material Cybersecurity Risks, Threats, and Incidents
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our corporate headquarters are located in Brea, California in a facility that we lease. As of December 31, 2025, our facilities included approximately 32 significant office, research and development, manufacturing and distribution facilities. Twelve of these facilities are located in the U.S. in five states and 20 are located outside the U.S. in 13 other countries, primarily in Europe and to a lesser extent in Asia, the rest of North America, Latin America and the Middle East. These facilities cover approximately 2.6 million square feet, of which approximately 0.5 million square feet are owned and approximately 2.1 million square feet are leased. Particularly outside the U.S., facilities often serve more than one business segment and may be used for multiple purposes, such as administration, sales, manufacturing, warehousing and/or distribution.
We consider our facilities suitable and adequate for the purposes for which they are used and do not anticipate difficulty in renewing existing leases as they expire or in finding alternative facilities. We believe our properties and equipment have been well-maintained. Please refer to Note 7 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information with respect to our lease commitments.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are, from time to time, subject to a variety of litigation and other legal and regulatory proceedings and claims incidental to our business. Based upon our experience, current information and applicable law, we do not believe that these proceedings and claims will have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, in the event of unexpected further developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of these matters, or other similar matters, if unfavorable, may be materially adverse to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. For additional information, please see Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
45
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Information with Respect to our Common Stock
Our common stock is listed on the NYSE and trades under the symbol “NVST.”
The number of holders of record of our common stock as of February 6, 2026 was 16. This number of holders of record does not represent the actual number of beneficial owners of our common stock because shares are frequently held in “street name” by securities dealers and others for the benefit of individual owners who have the right to vote their shares.
Performance Graph
The following performance graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, each as amended, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.
The following graph shows a comparison of cumulative total stockholder return, calculated on a dividend-reinvested basis, for the Company, the S&P 500 Index and the S&P Health Care Index from December 31, 2020 through December 31, 2025. The graph assumes $100 was invested in each of our common stock, the S&P 500 Index, and the S&P Health Care Index as of the market close on December 31, 2020. The S&P 500 Stock Index and the S&P Health Care Index are included for comparative purposes only. They do not necessarily reflect management’s opinion that such indices are an appropriate measure of the relative performance of the stock involved, and they are not intended to forecast or be indicative of possible future performance of our common stock. Note that historic stock price performance is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.
| Performance Graph Table | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Envista Holdings Corporation | $ | 100 | $ | 134 | $ | 100 | $ | 71 | $ | 57 | $ | 64 | |||||||||||
| S&P 500 Index | $ | 100 | $ | 129 | $ | 105 | $ | 133 | $ | 166 | $ | 196 | |||||||||||
| S&P 500 Health Care Index | $ | 100 | $ | 124 | $ | 120 | $ | 120 | $ | 121 | $ | 136 | |||||||||||
46
Dividend Policy
We have no present intention to pay cash dividends on our common stock. Any determination to pay dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, projections, liquidity, earnings, legal requirements, restrictions in the agreements governing our existing indebtedness and any other indebtedness we may enter into and other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant.
Repurchases of Equity Securities
On February 5, 2025, our Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program, that allows us to purchase up to $250 million of our outstanding common stock through December 31, 2026 (the “Repurchase Program”). Under the Repurchase Program, we may repurchase our common stock from time to time, in amounts, at prices, and at such times as we deem appropriate, subject to market conditions and other considerations and in accordance with applicable federal securities laws and other legal requirements. We may execute these repurchases through open market purchases, unsolicited or solicited privately negotiated transactions, an accelerated stock repurchase program, and/or a trading plan in compliance with Rule 10b5-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
The following table presents a summary of share repurchases made during the quarter ended December 31, 2025 (all such share repurchases were made under the Repurchase Program):
| Period | Total Number of Shares Purchased | Average Price Paid per Share | Total number of shares purchased as part of publicly announced program | Amount | Approximate dollar value that may yet be purchased under the program | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Beginning Balance at September 26, 2025 | — | $ | — | — | $ | — | $ | 108,079,337 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| September 27, 2025 - October 26, 2025 | 565,280 | $ | 19.71 | 565,280 | $ | 11,142,316 | $ | 96,937,021 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| October 27, 2025 - November 21, 2025 | 529,959 | $ | 19.53 | 529,959 | $ | 10,347,819 | $ | 86,589,202 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| November 22, 2025 - December 31, 2025 | 121,955 | $ | 20.22 | 121,955 | $ | 2,465,946 | $ | 84,123,256 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | 1,217,194 | 1,217,194 | $ | 23,956,081 | $ | 84,123,256 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITEM 6. [Reserved]
47
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
INTRODUCTION
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of our business is designed to provide a reader of our financial statements with a narrative from the perspective of management. You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the sections entitled “Envista Holdings Corporation Audited Annual Consolidated Financial Statements” included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This section of the Form 10-K generally discusses 2025 and 2024 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2025 and 2024. Discussion of 2023 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2024 and 2023 are not included in this Form 10-K, and can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is divided into six sections:
◦Overview
◦Results of Operations
◦Liquidity and Capital Resources
◦Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk
◦Critical Accounting Estimates
◦New Accounting Standards
OVERVIEW
General
We provide products that are used to diagnose, treat and prevent disease and ailments of the teeth, gums and supporting bone, as well as to improve the aesthetics of the human smile. We help our customers deliver the best possible patient care through industry-leading dental consumables, solutions, technologies, and services. With leading brand names, innovative technology and strong market positions, we are a leading worldwide provider of a wide range of solutions to support dental implants, orthodontic treatments, and diagnostic solutions, as well as general dental consumable products, equipment and services, and are dedicated to driving technological innovations that help dental professionals improve clinical outcomes and enhance productivity. Our research and development, manufacturing, sales, distribution, service and administrative facilities are located in more than 30 countries across North America, Asia, Europe, the Middle East and Latin America.
During 2025, 53% of our sales were derived from customers outside the U.S. As a global provider of dental consumable products, equipment and services, our operations are affected by worldwide, regional and industry-specific economic and political factors. Given the wide range of dental products, software and services provided and geographies served, we do not use any indices other than general economic trends to predict our overall outlook. Our individual businesses monitor key competitors and customers, including to the extent possible their sales, to gauge relative performance and the outlook for the future.
As a result of our geographic and product line diversity, we face a variety of opportunities and challenges, including rapid technological development in most of our served markets, the expansion and evolution of opportunities in emerging markets, trends and costs associated with a global labor force, consolidation of our competitors, trade restrictions and tariffs, and increasing regulation. We operate in a highly competitive business environment in most markets, and our long-term growth and profitability will depend in particular on our ability to expand our business in emerging geographies and emerging market segments, identify, consummate and integrate appropriate acquisitions, develop innovative and differentiated new products and services, expand and improve the effectiveness of our sales force, continue to reduce costs and improve operating efficiency and quality and effectively address the demands of an increasingly regulated global environment. We are making significant investments to address the rapid pace of technological change in our served markets and to globalize our manufacturing, research and development and customer-facing resources (particularly in emerging markets and our dental implant business) in order to be responsive to our customers throughout the world and improve the efficiency of our operations.
48
Key Trends and Conditions Affecting Our Results of Operations
General Economic Conditions
In addition to industry-specific factors, we, like other businesses, face challenges related to global economic conditions, including sustained inflation, increases in interest rates, fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates, slower economic growth or recession, trade policies and regulations, customer channel inventory realignment and continuing supply chain disruptions. Dental costs are largely out-of-pocket for the consumer and thus utilization rates can vary significantly depending on economic growth. While many of our products are considered necessary by patients regardless of the economic environment, certain products and services that support discretionary dental procedures may be more susceptible to changes in economic conditions.
Trade Policies and Regulations
Increasing protectionism and economic nationalism may lead to further changes in trade policies and regulations, domestic sourcing initiatives, or other formal and informal measures that could make it more difficult to sell our products in, or restrict our access to certain markets. For example, trade tensions between the U.S. and China have led to increased tariffs and trade restrictions. The U.S. has significantly increased tariffs on products imported from China into the U.S. and implemented new tariffs on imports into the U.S. from other countries, particularly from Canada, Mexico, and the EU. In response to these tariffs, some foreign countries, including China, have instituted retaliatory tariffs, which impact our products, while other countries have threatened retaliatory tariffs on certain U.S. products. It is difficult to predict what further trade-related actions governments may take, which may include trade restrictions and additional or increased tariffs and export controls imposed on short notice. While we expect to largely offset the impact of the existing tariffs with mitigating actions including supply chain adjustments, pricing strategies, and cost management, we have already experienced an increase in cost due to higher tariffs. To the extent that we are unable to offset the tariffs or if the tariffs or our countermeasures negatively impact demand, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows will continue to be adversely affected. Any future tariffs and trade restrictions may also adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Foreign Exchange Rates
Significant portions of our sales and costs are exposed to changes in foreign exchange rates. During the year ended December 31, 2025, our products were sold in more than 130 countries and 53% of our sales were to customers outside of the U.S. We seek to manage our foreign exchange risk, in part, through our operations, including managing same-currency sales in relation to same-currency costs and same-currency assets in relation to same-currency liabilities. As our operations use multiple foreign currencies, including the euro, British pound, Brazilian real, Australian dollar, Japanese yen, Canadian dollar and Chinese yuan, changes in those currencies relative to the U.S. dollar will impact our sales, cost of sales and expenses, and consequently, net income. Exchange rate fluctuations in emerging markets may also directly affect our customers’ ability to buy our products in these geographic markets.
On a year-over-year basis, currency exchange rates positively impacted reported sales by 1.6% for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to 2024, primarily due to the weakening U.S. dollar against most major currencies. Any future weakening of the U.S. dollar against major currencies would positively impact our sales and results of operations and any strengthening of the U.S. dollar against major currencies would adversely impact our sales and results of operations.
We also hold certain receivables and payables denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar. Movement in the related foreign currency rates in relation to the U.S. dollar may also impact our results of operations.
Pricing Controls
Certain countries, as well as some private payors, also control the price of health care products, directly or indirectly, through reimbursement, payment, pricing or coverage limitations, tying reimbursement to outcomes or (in the case of governmental entities) compulsory licensing. For example, China has implemented VBP policies, a series of centralized reforms instituted in China on both a national and regional basis that has resulted in significant price cuts for medical and dental consumables.
49
Russia-Ukraine Conflict
Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and the global response to this invasion, including sanctions imposed by the U.S. and other countries, could have an adverse impact on our business, including our ability to market and sell products in the affected regions, potentially heightening our risk of cyber security attacks, impacting our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights in Russia, creating disruptions in the global supply chain, and potentially having an adverse impact on the global economy, financial markets, energy markets, currency rates and otherwise. While we are experiencing volatility in sales from this region, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine did not have a material impact on our overall financial position or results of operations as of and for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.
Israel-Hamas War and Related Conflict
We continue to monitor the evolving social, political, and economic environment in Israel and in the region for any impact to our operations. We maintain a production facility in Israel related to our Alpha-Bio Tech Implant brand. While we have experienced some volatility in the region, the Israel-Hamas War and related hostilities have not had a material impact on our business.
Assumptions Related to Aligner Treatment Plans
Our aligner business, included in the Specialty Products & Technologies segment, enters into revenue contracts that involve multiple performance obligations which include optional aligners at no additional charge. Our treatment plans are comprised of the following performance obligations: initial aligner shipment and the subsequent shipments of any optional refinement aligners. For such plans, we also consider usage rates, which is the number of times a customer is expected to order additional refinement aligners. This usage rate is the basis for estimating the amount of transaction price to allocate to future performance obligations.
We continually review and update the usage rate and other related assumptions. Future changes to usage rates and related assumptions may impact the pattern of revenue recognition for future treatment plans. The process of estimating the number of times a clear aligner customer is expected to order additional aligners after the initial aligner shipment requires judgment and evaluation of inputs, including historical usage data in order to predict future usage patterns.
Industry Trends
We operate in the large and growing global dental products industry. We believe growth in the global dental industry will be driven by:
◦an aging population;
◦the current under penetration of dental procedures, especially in emerging markets;
◦improving access to complex procedures due to increasing technological innovation;
◦an increasing demand for cosmetic dentistry; and
◦the growth of DSOs, which are expected to drive increasing penetration of, and access to, dental care globally.
Product Development, New Product Launches and Commercial Investment
A key element of our targeted value creation strategy is to drive growth through portfolio development and product innovation. Our future growth and success depend on both our pipeline of new products and technologies, including new products and technologies that we may obtain through license or acquisition, and the expansion of the use of our existing products and technologies. We believe we are a leader in dental R&D, with a track record of product innovation, business development and commercialization.
We continue transforming our portfolio by investing in our Dental Implant Solutions and Orthodontic Solutions businesses and also making investments in emerging markets, critical to our growth strategy. The cost reduction initiatives we have taken and will continue to undertake in the future allow us to further invest in this growth strategy, which in turn we believe should improve our margins.
50
Our continued investment in Spark, our clear aligner system, has led to increased manufacturing capacity and continues to gain market adoption as orthodontists and their patients see the benefits of the clear, stain resistant and comfortable design. We believe that Spark will provide growth opportunities for our Orthodontic Solutions business.
Manufacturing and Supply
In order to sell our products, we must be able to reliably produce and ship our products in sufficient quantities. Many of our products involve complex manufacturing processes and are produced at one or a limited number of manufacturing sites.
Minor deviations in our manufacturing or logistical processes, unpredictability of a product’s regulatory or commercial success or failure, the lead time necessary to construct highly technical and complex manufacturing sites and shifting customer demand increase the potential for capacity imbalances. For a discussion of risks relating to our manufacturing process, refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business.”
Components of Sales and Costs and Expenses
Sales
Our sales are primarily derived from the sale of dental consumable products, equipment and services to third-party distributors and end-users. For additional information regarding our products, including descriptions of our products, refer to “Item 1. Business—Our Business Segments.”
Costs and Expenses and Other
Cost of sales consists primarily of cost of materials, labor, facilities, restructuring costs, and other infrastructure used to manufacture our products, and shipping and handling costs attributable to delivering our products to our customers.
Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses consist of, among other things, the costs of selling, marketing, advertising and administration (including business technology, facilities, legal, finance, human resources, business development and procurement), restructuring costs, and amortization expense for intangible assets that have been acquired through business combinations.
R&D expenses consist of project costs specific to new product R&D and product lifecycle management, overhead costs associated with R&D operations, regulatory costs, product registrations and investments that support local market clinical trials for approved indications.
Nonoperating income (expense) consists of the non-service cost components of net periodic benefit costs (which include interest costs, expected return on plan assets, amortization of prior service cost or credits and actuarial gains and losses), net gains or losses on equity and other investments, inducement charges related to convertible debt exchanges, and interest expense, net.
Business Performance
During the year ended December 31, 2025, our sales increased 8.3%, while core sales increased 6.5% as compared to the comparable period of 2024. The impact of foreign currency exchange rates increased sales in the year ended December 31, 2025, by 1.6% compared to the comparable period of 2024.
Acquisitions and Divestitures
Our growth strategy contemplates future acquisitions and we continually evaluate potential acquisitions that either strategically fit with our existing portfolio or expand our portfolio into new and attractive business areas. Our operations and results can be affected by the rate and extent to which appropriate acquisition opportunities are available, acquired businesses are effectively integrated and anticipated synergies or cost savings are achieved.
51
Non-GAAP Measures
In order to establish period-to-period comparability, we include the non-GAAP measure of core sales in this report. References to the non-GAAP measure of core sales (also referred to as core revenues or sales/revenues from existing businesses) refer to sales calculated according to GAAP, but excluding:
•sales from acquired businesses for one year from the acquisition date;
•sales from discontinued products; and
•the impact of currency translation.
We exclude sales from acquired businesses in order to provide accurate year over year comparisons. Sales from discontinued products includes major brands or major products that we have made the decision to discontinue as part of a portfolio restructuring. Discontinued brands or products consist of those which we (1) are no longer manufacturing, (2) are no longer investing in the research or development of, and (3) expect to discontinue all significant sales of within one year from the decision date to discontinue. The portion of sales attributable to discontinued brands or products is calculated as the net decline of the applicable discontinued brand or product from period-to-period. We exclude sales from discontinued products because discontinued products do not have a continuing contribution to operations and management believes that excluding such items provides investors with a means of evaluating our on-going operations and facilitates comparisons to our peers.
The portion of sales attributable to currency translation is calculated as the difference between:
•the period-to-period change in sales; and
•the period-to-period change in sales after applying current period foreign exchange rates to the prior year period.
We exclude the effect of currency translation from core sales because currency translation is not under our control, is subject to volatility and can obscure underlying business trends. Core sales growth should be considered in addition to, and not as a replacement for or superior to, sales, and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. We believe that reporting the non-GAAP financial measure of core sales growth provides useful information to investors by helping identify underlying growth trends in our on-going business and facilitating comparisons of our sales performance with our performance in prior and future periods and to our peers. We also use core sales growth to measure our operating and financial performance.
52
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our consolidated statements of earnings should be read along with our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Unless otherwise indicated, all financial data in this Annual Report on Form 10-K refer to continuing operations only. For more information on the consolidated basis of presentation, see Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
| Years Ended December 31, | % Change | % Change | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ($ in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | 2025/2024 | 2024/2023 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 2,719.5 | 100.0% | $ | 2,510.6 | 100.0% | $ | 2,566.5 | 100.0% | 8.3 | % | (2.2) | % | |||||||||||||||||||
| Cost of sales | 1,232.8 | 45.3% | 1,137.9 | 45.3% | 1,126.0 | 43.9% | 8.3 | % | 1.1 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Gross profit | 1,486.7 | 54.7% | 1,372.7 | 54.7% | 1,440.5 | 56.1% | 8.3 | % | (4.7) | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Operating costs: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| SG&A expenses | 1,156.6 | 42.5% | 1,158.0 | 46.1% | 1,056.9 | 41.2% | (0.1) | % | 9.6 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| R&D expenses | 114.0 | 4.2% | 99.1 | 3.9% | 93.8 | 3.7% | 15.0 | % | 5.7 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Goodwill and intangible asset impairment | — | —% | 1,153.8 | 46.0% | 258.3 | 10.1% | (100.0) | % | NM | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Operating profit (loss) | 216.1 | 7.9% | (1,038.2) | (41.4)% | 31.5 | 1.2% | (120.8) | % | NM | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Nonoperating (expense) income: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other expense, net | (2.3) | (0.1)% | (0.1) | —% | (23.0) | (0.9)% | NM | (99.6) | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest expense, net | (36.6) | (1.3)% | (46.4) | (1.8)% | (63.4) | (2.5)% | (21.1) | % | (26.8) | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Income (loss) before income taxes | 177.2 | 6.5% | (1,084.7) | (43.2)% | (54.9) | (2.1)% | (116.3) | % | NM | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Income tax expense | 130.2 | 4.8% | 33.9 | 1.4% | 45.3 | 1.8% | 284.1 | % | (25.2) | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) | $ | 47.0 | 1.7% | $ | (1,118.6) | (44.6)% | $ | (100.2) | (3.9)% | (104.2) | % | NM | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Effective tax rate | 73.5 | % | (3.1) | % | (82.5) | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| NM - Non-meaningful percentage change related to year-to-year comparisons | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Business Segments
Sales by business segment were as follows ($ in millions):
| For the Years Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| Specialty Products & Technologies | $ | 1,752.8 | $ | 1,616.4 | $ | 1,642.4 | |||||||||||
| Equipment & Consumables | 966.7 | 894.2 | 924.1 | ||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 2,719.5 | $ | 2,510.6 | $ | 2,566.5 | |||||||||||
GAAP Reconciliation
Sales and Core Sales Growth
| 2025 vs. 2024 | 2024 vs. 2023 | ||||||||||
| Total sales growth (GAAP) | 8.3 | % | (2.2) | % | |||||||
| Less the impact of: | |||||||||||
| Acquisitions | (0.2) | % | — | % | |||||||
| Currency exchange rates | (1.6) | % | 0.7 | % | |||||||
| Core sales growth (non-GAAP) | 6.5 | % | (1.5) | % | |||||||
53
Sales and core sales growth for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased 8.3% and 6.5%, respectively, compared to the comparable period in 2024. The increase was primarily due to an increase in sales volume coupled with the timing of deferred revenue recognition related to our clear aligner treatment plans, which positively impacted sales by 4.5% on a period-over-period basis, while sales price increased by 2.0%.
Geographically, sales volumes were positively impacted by higher sales in North America and Europe.
COST OF SALES AND GROSS PROFIT MARGIN
| For the Years Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| ($ in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||
| Cost of sales | $ | 1,232.8 | $ | 1,137.9 | $ | 1,126.0 | |||||||||||
| Gross profit margin | 54.7 | % | 54.7 | % | 56.1 | % | |||||||||||
The increase in cost of sales during the year ended December 31, 2025, as compared to the comparable period in 2024, was driven primarily by higher sales volume, higher costs due to the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates, and increased tariffs, partially offset by the absence of impairment related to certain long-lived assets from the comparable prior period.
Gross profit margin percentage was flat as compared to the comparable period in 2024 driven primarily by positive factors such as higher sales volume including the impact from the timing of deferred revenue recognition related to our clear aligner treatment plans, an increase in sales price, manufacturing productivity, and the absence of impairment related to certain long-lived assets from the comparable prior period, offset by unfavorable product mix and higher costs due to the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates and tariffs.
OPERATING EXPENSES
| For the Years Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| ($ in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative expenses | $ | 1,156.6 | $ | 1,158.0 | $ | 1,056.9 | |||||||||||
| Research and development expenses | $ | 114.0 | $ | 99.1 | $ | 93.8 | |||||||||||
| Goodwill and intangible asset impairment | $ | — | $ | 1,153.8 | $ | 258.3 | |||||||||||
| SG&A as a % of sales | 42.5 | % | 46.1 | % | 41.2 | % | |||||||||||
| R&D as a % of sales | 4.2 | % | 3.9 | % | 3.7 | % | |||||||||||
The decrease in SG&A expenses as a percentage of sales for the year ended December 31, 2025, as compared to the comparable period of 2024, was driven primarily by higher sales, along with lower bad debt, amortization of intangible assets, legal settlement costs, and general and administrative costs, partially offset by our continuing investment in our long-term growth initiatives.
The increase in R&D expenses as a percentage of sales for the year ended December 31, 2025, as compared to the comparable period of 2024, was driven by increased investment in existing R&D projects and new product development initiatives.
There was no impairment of goodwill or intangible assets as a result of the Company’s annual test during 2025. Goodwill and intangible asset impairment for the year ended December 31, 2024 of $1,153.8 million consisted of a $960.5 million goodwill charge and a $193.3 million intangible asset charge. Approximately $707.8 million of the goodwill impairment charge related to our Specialty Products & Technologies segment and $252.7 million related to our Equipment & Consumables segment. The reduction in value was due to adverse macroeconomic factors as a result of weakened global demand, a sustained suppressed stock price, higher cost of capital, and increased raw material, supply chain and service costs, which contributed to reduced revenue forecasts, lower operating margins, and reduced expectations of future cash flows. The intangible asset impairment charges consisted of $101.1 million related to certain indefinite-lived trade names within the Specialty Products & Technologies segment, and $92.2 million consisted of certain finite-lived patents and technology and customer relationships within the Equipment & Consumables segment and were primarily due to a reduction in projected cash flows discussed above.
54
INTEREST COSTS AND FINANCING
Interest costs were $36.6 million and $46.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The decrease in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2025 as compared to the comparable period of 2024 was primarily due to lower debt balances and interest rates.
For a discussion of our outstanding indebtedness, refer to Note 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
INCOME TAXES
| For the Years Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| Effective tax rate | 73.5 | % | (3.1) | % | (82.5) | % | |||||||||||
Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2025 was 73.5% compared to (3.1)% in 2024. The change in the effective rate was primarily due to the impact of nondeductible impairment charges for goodwill and intangible assets in 2024 and a change in the indefinite reinvestment assertion related to the restructuring of a foreign subsidiary with certain intercompany loans in 2025. We anticipate the restructuring will have a beneficial tax impact going forward.
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS & TECHNOLOGIES
Our Specialty Products & Technologies segment primarily develops, manufactures and markets dental implant systems, including regenerative products, dental prosthetics and associated treatment software and technologies, as well as orthodontic bracket systems, aligners and lab products.
Specialty Products & Technologies Selected Financial Data
| For the Years Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| ($ in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 1,752.8 | $ | 1,616.4 | $ | 1,642.4 | |||||||||||
| Operating profit | 191.2 | 89.9 | 232.1 | ||||||||||||||
| Operating profit as a % of sales | 10.9 | % | 5.6 | % | 14.1 | % | |||||||||||
GAAP Reconciliation
Sales and Core Sales Growth
| 2025 vs. 2024 | 2024 vs. 2023 | ||||||||||
| Total sales growth (GAAP) | 8.4 | % | (1.6) | % | |||||||
| Less the impact of: | |||||||||||
| Acquisitions | (0.3) | % | — | % | |||||||
| Currency exchange rates | (1.8) | % | 0.7 | % | |||||||
| Core sales growth (non-GAAP) | 6.3 | % | (0.9) | % | |||||||
Sales
Sales and core sales growth for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased 8.4% and 6.3%, respectively, compared to the comparable period in 2024. The increase in sales volume coupled with the timing of deferred revenue recognition related to our clear aligner treatment plans positively impacted sales by 5.2% on a period-over-period basis, while sales price increased by 1.1%.
Geographically, sales for the year ended December 31, 2025 were positively impacted by higher sales from North America and Europe.
55
Operating Profit
Operating profit margin was 10.9% for the year ended December 31, 2025, as compared to an operating profit margin of 5.6% for the comparable period of 2024. The increase in operating profit margin was primarily due to higher sales volume, including the timing of deferred revenue recognition related to our clear aligner treatment plans, higher sales price, lower bad debt expense, manufacturing productivity, and the absence of impairment of certain long-lived assets from the comparable prior period, partially offset by increased tariffs, higher costs due to the impact of unfavorable foreign exchange rates and our continuing investment in our long-term growth initiatives.
EQUIPMENT & CONSUMABLES
Our Equipment & Consumables segment primarily develops, manufactures and markets dental equipment and supplies used in dental offices, including digital imaging systems, software and other visualization/magnification systems; endodontic systems and related consumable products; restorative materials and instruments, rotary burs, impression materials, bonding agents and cements and infection prevention products.
Equipment & Consumables Selected Financial Data
| For the Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| ($ in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | 966.7 | $ | 894.2 | $ | 924.1 | |||||||||||
| Operating profit | 158.0 | 152.3 | 156.3 | ||||||||||||||
| Operating profit as a % of sales | 16.3 | % | 17.0 | % | 16.9 | % | |||||||||||
GAAP Reconciliation
Sales and Core Sales Growth
| 2025 vs. 2024 | 2024 vs. 2023 | ||||||||||
| Total sales growth (GAAP) | 8.1 | % | (3.2) | % | |||||||
| Less the impact of: | |||||||||||
| Currency exchange rates | (1.2) | % | 0.6 | % | |||||||
| Core sales growth (non-GAAP) | 6.9 | % | (2.6) | % | |||||||
Sales
Sales and core sales growth for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased 8.1% and 6.9%, respectively, compared to the comparable period in 2024, driven primarily by an increase in sales price of 3.8%, coupled with an increase in sales volume of 3.1% on a period-over-period basis.
Geographically, sales for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased primarily due to higher demand from North America and Europe.
Operating Profit
Operating profit margin was 16.3% for the year ended December 31, 2025, as compared to an operating profit margin of 17.0% for the comparable period of 2024, primarily due to the impact of unfavorable foreign exchange rates, unfavorable product mix, increased tariffs, partially offset by higher sales volume and sales price and a decrease in amortization of intangibles.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We assess our liquidity in terms of our ability to generate cash to fund our operating and investing activities. We continue to generate substantial cash from operating activities and believe that our operating cash flow and other sources of liquidity are sufficient to allow us to manage our capital structure on a short-term and long-term basis and continue investing in existing businesses and consummating strategic acquisitions.
56
Following is an overview of our cash flows and liquidity:
Overview of Cash Flows and Liquidity
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| ($ in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities | $ | 275.7 | $ | 336.5 | $ | 275.7 | |||||||||||
| Payments for additions to property, plant and equipment | $ | (45.3) | $ | (33.8) | $ | (58.2) | |||||||||||
| Purchases of investments held in rabbi trust | (9.9) | (32.8) | — | ||||||||||||||
| Proceeds from sale of investments held in rabbi trust | 10.4 | 9.3 | — | ||||||||||||||
| Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment | 0.5 | 0.1 | 6.1 | ||||||||||||||
| Proceeds from sale of equity investment | — | 0.4 | 10.7 | ||||||||||||||
| All other investing activities | (6.8) | 2.2 | (21.0) | ||||||||||||||
| Net cash used in investing activities | $ | (51.1) | $ | (54.6) | $ | (62.4) | |||||||||||
| Proceeds from stock option exercises | $ | 2.8 | $ | 2.4 | $ | 11.3 | |||||||||||
| Cash paid for treasury stock | (166.6) | — | — | ||||||||||||||
| Tax withholding payment related to net settlement of equity awards | (6.2) | (5.3) | (7.9) | ||||||||||||||
| Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes due 2028 | — | — | 500.2 | ||||||||||||||
| Debt issuance costs related to issuance of convertible notes due 2028 | — | — | (13.8) | ||||||||||||||
| Principal paid related to exchange of convertible notes due 2025 | (116.3) | — | (401.2) | ||||||||||||||
| Proceeds from borrowing | — | — | 323.5 | ||||||||||||||
| Repayments of borrowing | — | (100.0) | (288.8) | ||||||||||||||
| Proceeds from revolving line of credit | 115.4 | — | — | ||||||||||||||
| Debt issuance costs related to other borrowings | — | — | (4.5) | ||||||||||||||
| All other financing activities | — | (0.8) | 0.1 | ||||||||||||||
| Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities | $ | (170.9) | $ | (103.7) | $ | 118.9 | |||||||||||
Operating Activities
Cash flows from operating activities can fluctuate significantly from period-to-period due to working capital needs and the timing of payments for income taxes, restructuring activities, pension funding and other items impacting cash flows.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $275.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2025, as compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $336.5 million in 2024. The decrease is primarily due to lower prior year incentive compensation payments, combined with the timing of cash collections, inventory payments, vendor payments and tax payments, partially offset by higher net income.
Investing Activities
Cash flows relating to investing activities consist primarily of cash used for the purchase of investments, capital expenditures and acquisitions. Capital expenditures are made primarily for increasing capacity, replacing equipment, supporting new product development and improving information technology systems.
Net cash used in investing activities was $51.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2025, as compared to net cash used in investing activities of $54.6 million for the comparable period in 2024. The decrease is primarily due to lower purchases of investments held in the rabbi trust, partially offset by higher net payments for purchases of property, plant and equipment and higher spend on certain investing activities.
57
Financing Activities
Cash flow relating to financing activities consist primarily of cash flows associated with debt borrowings and the issuance of common stock.
Net cash used in financing activities was $170.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to net cash used in financing activities of $103.7 million for the comparable period of 2024 and was primarily driven by stock repurchases and the repayment of the 2025 Convertible Notes which matured on June 1, 2025, partially offset by the borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and the repayment of $100.0 million of the 2028 Term Loan during 2024.
For a description of our outstanding debt as of December 31, 2025, refer to Note 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We intend to satisfy any short-term liquidity needs that are not met through operating cash flow and available cash primarily through our Revolving Credit Facility.
As of December 31, 2025, we had $117.5 million in outstanding borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility and we have the ability to incur an additional $632.5 million of indebtedness in direct borrowings under this facility. As of December 31, 2025, we were in compliance with all of our debt covenants.
Cash and Cash Requirements
As of December 31, 2025, $1,211.7 million of cash and cash equivalents were held on deposit with financial institutions. Of this amount, $374.4 million was held within the U.S. and $837.3 million was held outside of the U.S. We will continue to have cash requirements to support working capital needs, capital expenditures and acquisitions, pay interest and service debt, pay taxes and any related interest or penalties and fund our restructuring activities as required and support other business needs. We generally intend to use available cash, internally generated funds, and our Revolving Credit Facility to meet these cash requirements, but in the event that additional liquidity is required, particularly in connection with acquisitions, we may need to enter into new credit facilities or access the capital markets. We may also access the capital markets from time to time to take advantage of favorable interest rate environments or other market conditions. However, there is no guarantee that we will be able to obtain alternative sources of financing on commercially reasonable terms or at all. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business.”
Generally, cash and cash equivalents held in these financial institutions may be withdrawn or redeemed at face value, and we therefore believe that minimal credit risk exists with respect to them. Nonetheless, deposits with these financial institutions exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance limits or similar limits in foreign jurisdictions, to the extent such deposits are even insured in such foreign jurisdictions. While we monitor on a systematic basis the cash and cash equivalent balances in the operating accounts and adjust the balances as appropriate, these balances could be impacted if one or more of the financial institutions with which we deposit our funds fails or is subject to other adverse conditions in the financial or credit markets. To date, we have experienced no loss of principal or lack of access to our invested cash or cash equivalents; however, we can provide no assurance that access to our cash and cash equivalents will not be affected if the financial institutions where we hold our cash and cash equivalents fail.
During the second quarter of 2025, we borrowed from our Revolving Credit Facility to pay in full the $116.3 million in principal amount outstanding on our 2025 Convertible Notes which matured on June 1, 2025.
In early 2025, we transferred approximately $320 million of international cash to the U.S. Although local laws may restrict the repatriation of certain cash held outside the U.S., most of our foreign cash is available for repatriation. Under current U.S. tax law, cash may generally be repatriated to the U.S. without additional U.S. tax; however, such repatriation may be subject to non-U.S. withholding or other taxes on distributions. Cash held by our non-U.S. subsidiaries that is designated for indefinite reinvestment is primarily used to finance foreign operations and investments, including acquisitions. The income tax effects, if any, applicable to such earnings, including basis differences in our foreign subsidiaries, are not readily determinable or are impracticable to estimate.
On February 5, 2025, our Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program, allowing us to purchase up to $250 million of our outstanding common stock through December 31, 2026. Stock repurchases made in connection with this program totaled approximately $165.9 million, or 9.2 million shares during the year ended December 31, 2025. Refer to Part II, Item 5 “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more details. The cash outflows associated with the Company’s stock repurchases are classified in financing activities in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
58
As of February 6, 2026, we believe that we have sufficient sources of liquidity to satisfy our cash needs over the next 12 months and beyond, including our cash needs in the U.S.
Purchase Obligations
The Company’s purchase obligations primarily consist of agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions and the approximate timing of the transaction.
The following table sets forth, by period due or year of expected expiration, as applicable, a summary of purchase obligations as of December 31, 2025.
| Amount of Commitment Expiration per Period | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ($ in millions) | Total | Less Than One Year | 1-3 Years | 4-5 Years | More Than 5 Years | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Purchase Obligations | $ | 179.9 | $ | 94.1 | $ | 70.1 | $ | 15.6 | $ | 0.1 | |||||||||||||||||||
For a description of our remaining contractual obligations, such as debt and leases see “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Note 14 - Debt and Credit Facilities” and “-Note 7 - Leases.”
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Guarantees and Related Instruments
The following table sets forth, by period due or year of expected expiration, as applicable, a summary of our off-balance sheet commitments as of December 31, 2025.
| Amount of Commitment Expiration per Period | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ($ in millions) | Total | Less Than One Year | 1-3 Years | 4-5 Years | More Than 5 Years | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Guarantees and related instruments | $ | 15.5 | $ | 7.6 | $ | 7.2 | $ | 0.3 | $ | 0.4 | |||||||||||||||||||
Guarantees consist primarily of outstanding standby letters of credit and bank guarantees. These guarantees have been provided in connection with certain arrangements with vendors, customers, financing counterparties and governmental entities to secure our obligations and/or performance requirements related to specific transactions.
Other Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
In the normal course of business, we periodically enter into agreements that require us to indemnify customers, suppliers or other business partners for specific risks, such as claims for injury or property damage arising out of our products or services or claims alleging that our products or services infringe third-party intellectual property. We have not included any such indemnification provisions in the contractual obligations table above. Historically, we have not experienced significant losses on these types of indemnification obligations.
Debt Financing Transactions
For a description of our outstanding debt as of December 31, 2025, refer to Note 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Legal Proceedings
Please refer to Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report for information regarding legal proceedings and contingencies, and for a discussion of risks related to legal proceedings and contingencies, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors—General Risks.”
59
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices as well as credit risk, each of which could impact our consolidated financial statements. We generally address our exposure to these risks through our normal operating activities. Please refer to Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report for information regarding derivative financial instruments and discussion of exposures to foreign currency and foreign currency-denominated debt.
Interest Rate Risk
Certain of our borrowings are at variable rates of interest, which may expose us to interest rate risk. We have a variable rate 2028 Term Loan for $430.0 million, a 2028 Euro Term Loan for €350.0, and a Revolving Credit Facility with outstanding borrowings of €100.0 million as of December 31, 2025. A 100-basis point increase in the interest rate related to our 2028 Term Loan, our 2028 Euro Term Loan and our outstanding borrowings from our Revolving Credit Facility, would have increased interest expense by $9.7 million for 2025.
Currency Exchange Rate Risk
We face transactional exchange rate risk from transactions with customers in countries outside the U.S. and from intercompany transactions between affiliates. Transactional exchange rate risk arises from the purchase and sale of goods and services in currencies other than our functional currency or the functional currency of our applicable subsidiary. We also face translational exchange rate risk related to the translation of financial statements of our foreign operations into U.S. dollars, our functional currency. Costs incurred and sales recorded by subsidiaries operating outside of the U.S. are translated into U.S. dollars using exchange rates effective during the respective period. As a result, we are exposed to movements in the exchange rates of various currencies against the U.S. dollar. The effect of a change in currency exchange rates on our net investment in international subsidiaries is reflected in the accumulated other comprehensive loss component of equity.
On January 17, 2023, we entered into a two-year $150.0 million cross-currency swap derivative contract to partially hedge our net investment in foreign operations against the adverse movement in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the euro. This cross-currency contract effectively converts a portion of our U.S. dollar senior term loan facilities to obligations denominated in Euros and will partially offset the impact of changes in currency rates on foreign currency denominated net investments. On December 23, 2024, we extended the cross-currency swap derivative contract for an additional three years and it will mature in January 2028.
Additionally, we use foreign currency forward and call option contracts to hedge our foreign currency risk associated with certain foreign denominated balance sheet transactions. These foreign currency forward and call option contracts are not designated as a hedge for accounting purposes and therefore the changes in the fair value of these instruments are recognized immediately in earnings. On December 31, 2025, we entered into various foreign currency forward contracts with an aggregate notional amount of $162.7 million, which had a fair value of zero at December 31, 2025, and matured in January 2026. The realized and unrealized gains (losses) related to forward contracts or call options partially offset the corresponding gains (losses) related to the underlying foreign denominated balance sheet transactions.
For additional information on hedging transactions and derivative financial instruments, please refer to Note 10 to our Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Other than the above cross-currency swap derivative contract and the foreign currency forward and call option contracts, we are exposed to exchange rate movements. Both positive and negative movements in currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar will therefore continue to affect the reported amount of sales and net earnings in our consolidated financial statements. In addition, we have assets and liabilities held in foreign currencies. A 10% depreciation in major currencies relative to the U.S. dollar as of December 31, 2025 would have reduced equity by approximately $247 million.
Credit Risk
We are exposed to potential credit losses in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to our financial instruments. Financial instruments that potentially subject us to credit risk primarily consist of receivables from customers.
Our businesses perform credit evaluations of our customers’ financial conditions as appropriate and also obtain collateral or other security when appropriate.
60
Commodity Price Risk
For a discussion of risks relating to commodity prices, refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business.”. At December 31, 2025, there were no open derivative or hedging instruments for future purchases of raw materials or commodities.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with US GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, sales and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base these estimates and judgments on historical experience, the current economic environment and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates and judgments.
We believe the following accounting estimate is the most critical to an understanding of our financial statements. Estimates are considered to be critical if they meet both of the following criteria: (1) the estimate requires assumptions about material matters that are uncertain at the time the estimate is made, and (2) material changes in the estimate are reasonably likely from period-to-period. For a detailed discussion on the application of these and other accounting estimates, refer to Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Acquired Intangibles
Our business acquisitions typically result in the recognition of goodwill, patents, technology, customer relationships and other intangible assets, which affect the amount of future period amortization expense and possible impairment charges that we may incur. Refer to Notes 2 and 8 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of our policies relating to acquisitions, goodwill and acquired intangibles.
We review goodwill and identified intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the related carrying amounts may not be recoverable. We also test goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives at least annually for impairment. Determining whether an impairment loss occurred requires various valuation approaches, including making a comparison of the carrying amount to the sum of discounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. These analyses require us to make judgments and estimates about future sales, expenses, market conditions and discount rates related to these assets. If actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions, goodwill and other intangible assets may be overstated and a charge would need to be taken to net income which would adversely affect our consolidated financial statements.
During the fourth quarter of 2025, we performed our annual goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment test. For our goodwill test, we used a combination of valuation techniques, including an income approach and a market-based approach to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value amount. Our reporting units are the financial components of operating segments which constitute businesses for which discrete financial information is available and regularly reviewed by segment management. Our significant assumptions in the discounted cash flow models vary amongst, and are specific to, each reporting unit which include, but are not limited to, discount rates, revenue growth rates, and operating margin assumptions. The discounted cash flow model requires judgments and assumptions about projected sales growth, future operating margins, discount rates and terminal values. In evaluating the estimates derived by the market-based approach, management makes judgments about the relevance and reliability of the multiples by considering factors unique to our reporting units, including operating results, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows, business trends and our market capitalization. There are inherent uncertainties related to these assumptions and our judgment in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment.
For indefinite-lived intangible assets test, we used the relief from royalty method to estimate the fair value. Our significant assumptions vary amongst, and are specific to, each underlying indefinite-lived intangible asset which includes, but is not limited to, discount rates, revenue growth rates assumptions (including perpetual growth rates) and royalty rates.
61
For goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets we performed our 2025 annual test of impairment on the first day of the fourth quarter. Based on this assessment, our analysis indicated that the fair value of our reporting units and the fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets exceeded their carrying values and consequently did not result in an impairment charge for the year ended December 31, 2025. However, any deviation in future actual financial results compared to the forecasted financial results or valuation assumptions used in the impairment tests, a decline in equity valuations, increases in interest rates, or changes in the use of intangible assets, among other factors, could have a material adverse effect on the fair value of either the reporting units or indefinite-lived intangible assets and could result in future impairment charges. There can be no assurance that our future asset impairment testing will not result in a material charge to earnings.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, we recorded goodwill impairment charges as a result of our goodwill impairment analysis at June 28, 2024, whereby we recorded a pre-tax goodwill impairment charge of $960.5 million, with $707.8 million related to our Specialty Products & Technologies segment and $252.7 million related to our Equipment & Consumables segment, and a $101.1 million indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment related to certain indefinite-lived trade names within the Specialty Products & Technologies segment.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, we recorded impairment charges as a result of our annual impairment test, whereby we recorded a pre-tax goodwill impairment charge of $212.3 million, with $134.5 million related to our Specialty Products & Technologies segment and $77.8 million related to our Equipment & Consumables segment, and a $46.0 million indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment related to certain indefinite-lived trade names within the Specialty Products & Technologies segment.
Furthermore, we review the carrying amounts of other finite-lived intangible assets whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of an asset may not be recoverable. Impairment indicators include, among other conditions, cash flow deficits, historic or anticipated declines in revenue or operating profit, and adverse legal or regulatory developments. If it is determined that such indicators are present and the review indicates that the assets will not be fully recoverable based on undiscounted estimated cash flows, their carrying values are reduced to estimated fair market value. Estimated fair market value is determined primarily using projected cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. For the purposes of identifying and measuring impairment, long-lived assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. For the year ended December 31, 2024, we recorded an impairment charge of $92.2 million related to developed technology and customer relationships within our Equipment & Consumables segment. During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2023, there were no impairment charges for finite-lived intangible assets.
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
For a discussion of the new accounting standards impacting us, refer to Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information required by this item is included under “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
62
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULE
| Page | |||||
| Envista Holdings Corporation Audited Annual Consolidated Financial Statements: | |||||
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: | |||||
63
Report of Management on Envista Holdings Corporation’s Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025. In making this assessment, the Company’s management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework” (2013 framework). Based on this assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2025, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. This report dated February 12, 2026 appears on page 67 of this Form 10-K.
64
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Envista Holdings Corporation
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Envista Holdings Corporation (the Company) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), and our report dated February 12, 2026 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
65
| Goodwill Impairment | ||||||||
| Description of the Matter | As discussed in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company tests for goodwill impairment annually, at the reporting unit level, on the first business day of its fiscal fourth quarter or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Reporting units are tested for impairment by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. Total goodwill as of December 31, 2025 was $2.4 billion and represented 41.5% of total assets. As discussed in Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements, goodwill is not amortized but rather is tested for impairment at least annually at the reporting unit level. The Company did not record any impairment of the carrying value of goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2025. Auditing management’s goodwill impairment test for certain of the Company’s reporting units was challenging and judgmental due to the estimation required to determine the fair value of the reporting units. In particular, the significant assumptions include inputs into the discount rates used to discount future cash flows. The discount rates related to certain reporting units could be affected by future economic and market conditions. | |||||||
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit | We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of internal controls over the Company’s goodwill impairment evaluation process. For example, we tested controls over management’s development of the above-described assumptions used in the valuation model. To test the estimated fair values of the Company’s reporting units, our principal audit procedures included (i) assessing the historical results compared to projected results, (ii) involving valuation specialists to assess the methods, models, and assumptions used within the valuation, and (iii) evaluating underlying significant assumptions utilized by management in the valuation of the reporting units. For example, we compared the significant assumptions discussed above used by management to the Company’s business models and other relevant factors. | |||||||
| Indefinite-lived Intangible Asset Impairment | ||||||||
| Description of the Matter | As discussed in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company tests for the impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets annually on the first business day of its fiscal fourth quarter or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that the estimated fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. The indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment by comparing the estimated fair value of each indefinite-lived intangible asset to its carrying value. Total indefinite-lived intangible assets as of December 31, 2025, was $361.2 million and represented 6.4% of total assets. As discussed in Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements, indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but rather are tested for impairment at least annually. The Company did not record any impairment of the carrying value of indefinite-lived intangible assets during the year ended December 31, 2025. Auditing the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment test for certain indefinite-lived intangible assets was challenging and judgmental due to the estimation required to determine the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset. In particular, the significant assumptions include inputs into the discount rate used to discount future cash flows. The discount rate related to certain indefinite-lived intangible assets could be affected by future economic and market conditions. | |||||||
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit | We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of internal controls over the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment evaluation process. For example, we tested controls over management’s development of the above-described assumptions used in the valuation model. To test the estimated fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets, our principal audit procedures included (i) assessing the historical results compared to projected results, (ii) involving valuation specialists to assess the methods, models, and assumptions used within the valuation, and (iii) evaluating underlying assumptions utilized by management in the valuation of the indefinite-lived intangible assets, including the significant assumptions used in the model, as described above. For example, we compared the significant assumptions discussed above used by management to the Company’s business models and other relevant factors. | |||||||
| /s/ | |||||
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2018.
February 12, 2026
66
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Envista Holdings Corporation
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited Envista Holdings Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Envista Holdings Corporation (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) and our report dated February 12, 2026 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on Envista Holdings Corporation’s Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
| /s/ Ernst & Young LLP | ||
Irvine, California
February 12, 2026
67
ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
($ in millions, except share amounts)
| As of | |||||||||||
| December 31, 2025 | December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||
| ASSETS | |||||||||||
| Current assets: | |||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | $ | |||||||||
Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for credit losses of $ | |||||||||||
| Inventories, net | |||||||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets | |||||||||||
| Total current assets | |||||||||||
| Property, plant and equipment, net | |||||||||||
| Operating lease right-of-use assets | |||||||||||
| Other long-term assets | |||||||||||
| Goodwill, net | |||||||||||
| Other intangible assets, net | |||||||||||
| Total assets | $ | $ | |||||||||
| LIABILITIES AND EQUITY | |||||||||||
| Current liabilities: | |||||||||||
| Short-term debt | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Trade accounts payable | |||||||||||
| Accrued expenses and other liabilities | |||||||||||
| Operating lease liabilities | |||||||||||
| Total current liabilities | |||||||||||
| Operating lease liabilities | |||||||||||
| Other long-term liabilities | |||||||||||
| Long-term debt | |||||||||||
| Commitments and contingencies | |||||||||||
| Stockholders’ equity: | |||||||||||
Preferred stock, $ | |||||||||||
Common stock, $ | |||||||||||
Treasury stock at cost; | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Additional paid-in capital | |||||||||||
| Accumulated deficit | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Accumulated other comprehensive loss | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Total stockholders’ equity | |||||||||||
| Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity | $ | $ | |||||||||
See the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
68
ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
($ and shares in millions, except per share amounts)
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cost of sales | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Gross profit | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Operating expenses: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Research and development | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Goodwill and intangible asset impairment | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Operating profit (loss) | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Nonoperating (expense) income: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other expense, net | ( | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest expense, net | ( | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Income (loss) before income taxes | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Income tax expense | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Earnings (loss) per share: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Earnings (loss) - basic | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Earnings (loss) - diluted | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Average common stock and common equivalent shares outstanding: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Basic | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Diluted | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
See the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
69
ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
($ in millions)
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Foreign currency translation adjustments | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Pension plan adjustments | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Comprehensive income (loss) | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
See the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
70
ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
($ in millions)
| Common Stock | Treasury Stock | Additional Paid-in Capital | Accumulated Earnings (Deficit) | Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss | Total Equity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2022 | $ | $ | ( | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Common stock-based award activity | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Partial exchange of convertible notes due 2025 and partial unwind of capped call transactions. (Note 14) | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Capped call settlement and purchase of treasury shares | — | ( | — | — | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | — | — | — | ( | — | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive income | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2023 | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Common stock-based award activity | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Purchase of treasury shares | — | ( | — | — | — | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | — | — | — | ( | — | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive loss | — | — | — | — | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2024 | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Common stock-based award activity | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Purchase of treasury shares | — | ( | — | — | — | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net income | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive income | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2025 | $ | $ | ( | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
See the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
71
ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
($ in millions)
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| Cash flows from operating activities: | |||||||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | ||||||||||||
| Noncash items: | |||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation | |||||||||||||||||
| Amortization | |||||||||||||||||
| Allowance for credit losses | |||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | |||||||||||||||||
| Gain on investments in rabbi trust, net | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Loss (gain) on equity investments, net | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Loss (gain) on sale of property, plant and equipment | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Restructuring charges | |||||||||||||||||
| Goodwill and intangible asset impairments | |||||||||||||||||
| Fixed assets impairments and other charges | |||||||||||||||||
| Non-cash operating lease costs | |||||||||||||||||
| Inducement expense related to exchange of convertible notes | |||||||||||||||||
| Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs | |||||||||||||||||
| Deferred income taxes | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Change in trade accounts receivable | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Change in inventories | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Change in trade accounts payable | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Change in prepaid expenses and other assets | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Change in accrued expenses and other liabilities | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Change in operating lease liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities | |||||||||||||||||
| Cash flows from investing activities: | |||||||||||||||||
| Payments for additions to property, plant and equipment | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
| Purchases of investments held in rabbi trust | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Proceeds from sale of investments held in rabbi trust | |||||||||||||||||
| Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment | |||||||||||||||||
| Proceeds from sale of equity investment | |||||||||||||||||
| All other investing activities, net | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Net cash used in investing activities | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
| Cash flows from financing activities: | |||||||||||||||||
| Proceeds from stock option exercises | |||||||||||||||||
| Cash paid for treasury stock | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Tax withholding payment related to net settlement of equity awards | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes due 2028 | |||||||||||||||||
| Debt issuance costs related to issuance of convertible notes due 2028 | ( | ||||||||||||||||
Principal paid related to exchange of convertible notes due 2025 | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Proceeds from borrowings | |||||||||||||||||
| Repayment of borrowings | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
72
| Proceeds from revolving line of credit | |||||||||||||||||
| Debt issuance costs related to other borrowings | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| All other financing activities | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Net change in cash and cash equivalents | |||||||||||||||||
| Beginning balance of cash and cash equivalents | |||||||||||||||||
| Ending balance of cash and cash equivalents | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Supplemental data: | |||||||||||||||||
| Cash paid for interest | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Cash paid for taxes | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| ROU assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligations | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
See the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
73
ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1. BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Business Overview
The Company provides products that are used to diagnose, treat and prevent disease and ailments of the teeth, gums and supporting bone, as well as to improve the aesthetics of the human smile. The Company is a worldwide provider of a wide range of dental implants, orthodontic appliances, diagnostic solutions, general dental consumable products, equipment and services and is dedicated to driving technological innovations that help dental professionals improve clinical outcomes and enhance productivity.
The Company operates in two
The Company’s Specialty Products & Technologies segment primarily develops, manufactures and markets dental implant systems, including regenerative solutions, dental prosthetics and associated treatment software and technologies, as well as orthodontic bracket systems, aligners and lab products. The Company’s Equipment & Consumables segment primarily develops, manufactures and markets dental equipment and supplies used in dental offices, including digital imaging systems, software and other visualization/magnification systems; endodontic systems and related consumable products; and restorative materials and instruments, rotary burs, impression materials, bonding agents and cements and infection prevention products.
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP").
Certain amounts in the prior period financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the presentation of the current period financial statements.
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Accounting Principles
Use of Estimates
The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Significant estimates and assumptions by management affect the Company’s revenue recognition for multiple performance obligation arrangements, valuations, purchase price allocations related to business combinations, expected future cash flows including growth rates, discount rates, and other assumptions and estimates used to evaluate the recoverability of long-lived assets and goodwill, estimated fair values of intangible assets and goodwill, amortization methods and periods, accounts receivable reserves, inventory excess and obsolescence reserves, certain accrued expenses, restructuring and other related charges, tax reserves, deferred tax rates and recoverability of the Company’s net deferred tax assets and related valuation allowances, and stock-based compensation.
74
Acquisitions
The Company continually evaluates potential acquisitions that either strategically fit with the Company’s existing portfolio or expand the Company’s portfolio into new and attractive business areas. Among other things, goodwill arises because the purchase prices for these businesses reflect a number of factors including the future earnings and cash flow potential of these businesses, the multiple to earnings, cash flow and other factors at which similar businesses have been purchased by other acquirers, the competitive nature of the processes by which the Company acquired the businesses, avoidance of the time and costs which would be required (and the associated risks that would be encountered) to enhance the Company’s existing product offerings to key target markets and enter into new and profitable businesses and the complementary strategic fit and resulting synergies these businesses bring to existing operations.
We account for acquisitions under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805 Business Combinations and use the acquisition method of accounting. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises (i) fair values of the assets transferred; (ii) liabilities assumed of the acquired business; and (iii) fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Identifiable assets acquired, and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date.
The Company makes an initial allocation of the purchase price at the date of acquisition based upon its estimation of the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities. The Company obtains the information used to estimate the fair values during due diligence and through other sources. In the months after closing, up to 12 months, as the Company obtains additional information that existed at the acquisition date about these assets and liabilities, it is able to refine the estimates of fair value and more accurately allocate the purchase price. Only items that existed as of the acquisition date are considered for subsequent adjustment. The Company makes the appropriate adjustments to the purchase price allocation prior to completion of the measurement period, as required.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.
Accounts Receivable and Allowances for Credit Losses
Inventory Valuation
Inventories include the costs of material, labor and overhead. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value primarily using the first-in, first-out method. Market value for raw materials is based on replacement costs and for other inventory classifications is based on net realizable value. The Company periodically evaluates the quantities on hand relative to current and historical selling prices and historical and projected sales volume. Based on this evaluation, provisions are made to write inventory down to its net realizable value.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost. The provision for depreciation has been computed principally by the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets as follows:
| Category | Useful Life | |||||||
| Buildings | ||||||||
| Leased assets and leasehold improvements | Amortized over the lesser of the economic life of the asset or the term of the lease | |||||||
| Machinery, equipment and other assets | ||||||||
75
Leases
Investments
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
76
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill and other intangible assets result from the Company’s acquisition of existing businesses. In accordance with accounting standards related to business combinations, goodwill is not amortized; however, certain finite-lived identifiable intangible assets, primarily customer relationships and acquired technology, are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually on the first day of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would indicate that the carrying amount may be impaired. The Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount or performs a quantitative test. When tested quantitatively, the Company may use a combination of techniques adjusted for current period facts and circumstances, including an income approach and a market-based approach, to determine whether the fair value of each reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount. Similarly, the Company performs its impairment test of indefinite-lived intangibles by using the relief from royalty method to determine whether the fair value of the underlying asset is greater than its carrying amount. If the carrying value of a reporting unit or an underlying indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds its respective fair value, an impairment charge is recognized. In making these assessments, management relies on a number of factors, including business trends, business plans, economic projections, expected future operating results and cash flow, and the Company’s market capitalization. The Company’s reporting units are the financial components of operating segments which constitute businesses for which discrete financial information is available and is regularly reviewed by segment management. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company did no 960.5 million and $101.1 million, respectively. Additionally, the Company recognized goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairments of $212.3 million and $46.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2023. Additional information related to the testing of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment, including results of the 2024 and 2023 impairment tests, are provided in Note 8, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.
Management also reviews the carrying amounts of other finite-lived intangible assets whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of an asset may not be recoverable. Impairment indicators include, among other conditions, cash flow deficits, historic or anticipated declines in revenue or operating profit, and adverse legal or regulatory developments. If it is determined that such indicators are present and the review indicates that the assets will not be fully recoverable based on undiscounted estimated cash flows, their carrying values are reduced to estimated fair market value. Estimated fair market value is determined primarily using projected cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. For the purposes of identifying and measuring impairment, long-lived assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2023, there were no 92.2 million for finite-lived intangible assets.
77
Revenue Recognition
The Company derives revenues primarily from the sale of Specialty Products & Technologies and Equipment & Consumables products and services. Revenue is recognized when control of the promised products or services is transferred to the Company’s customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for those products or services (the transaction price). A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct product or service to a customer and is the unit of account under ASC 606. For equipment, consumable products and spare parts sold by the Company, control transfers to the customer at a point in time. To indicate the transfer of control, the Company must have a present right to payment, legal title must have passed to the customer, the customer must have the significant risks and rewards of ownership, and where acceptance is not a formality, the customer must have accepted the product or service. The Company’s principal terms of sale are FOB Shipping Point, or equivalent, and, as such, the Company primarily transfers control and records revenue for product sales upon shipment. Sales arrangements with delivery terms that are not FOB Shipping Point are not recognized upon shipment and the transfer of control for revenue recognition is evaluated based on the associated shipping terms and customer obligations. If a performance obligation to the customer with respect to a sales transaction remains to be fulfilled following shipment (typically installation or acceptance by the customer), revenue recognition for that performance obligation is deferred until such commitments have been fulfilled. Returns for products sold are estimated and recorded as a reduction of revenue at the time of sale. Customer allowances and rebates, consisting primarily of volume discounts and other short-term incentive programs, are recorded as a reduction of revenue at the time of sale because these allowances reflect a reduction in the transaction price. Product returns, customer allowances and rebates are estimated based on historical experience and known trends. For extended warranty and service, control transfers to the customer over the term of the arrangement. Revenue for extended warranty and service is recognized based upon the period of time elapsed under the arrangement.
For a contract with multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the contract’s transaction price to each performance obligation on a relative standalone selling price basis using the Company’s best estimate of the standalone selling price of each distinct product or service in the contract. The primary method used to estimate standalone selling price is the price observed in standalone sales to customers; however, when prices in standalone sales are not available the Company may use third-party pricing for similar products or services or estimate the standalone selling price. Allocation of the transaction price is determined at the contracts’ inception. The Company does not adjust transaction price for the effects of a significant financing component when the period between the transfer of the promised good or service to the customer and payment for that good or service by the customer is expected to be one year or less.
Shipping and Handling
Advertising
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.
Research and Development
78
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted rates expected to be in effect during the year in which the differences reverse. Deferred tax assets generally represent items that can be used as a tax deduction or credit in the Company’s tax return in future years for which the tax benefit has already been reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company establishes valuation allowances for its deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax liabilities generally represent items that have already been taken as a deduction on the Company’s tax return but have not yet been recognized as an expense in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities due to a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company provides for unrecognized tax benefits when, based upon the technical merits, it is “more likely than not” that an uncertain tax position will not be sustained upon examination. Judgment is required in evaluating tax positions and determining income tax provisions. The Company re-evaluates the technical merits of its tax positions and may recognize an uncertain tax benefit in certain circumstances, including when: (1) a tax audit is completed; (2) applicable tax laws change, including a tax case ruling or legislative guidance; or (3) the applicable statute of limitations expires. The Company recognizes potential accrued interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions in income tax expense.
Restructuring
Foreign Currency Translation
Derivative Financial Instruments
Loss Contingencies
The Company records a reserve for loss contingencies when it is both probable that a loss will be incurred and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. The Company evaluates pending litigation and other contingencies at least quarterly and adjusts the reserve for such contingencies based on changes in probability and estimates of loss.
79
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Foreign currency translation adjustments are generally not adjusted for income taxes as they relate to indefinite investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries. Foreign currency translation adjustments related to the Company’s cross-currency swap arrangements and foreign currency denominated debt that are designated as net investment hedges are adjusted for income taxes as those arrangements are not indefinite. Changes in the funded status of the pension plans, net of taxes, are recognized in the year in which the changes occur and reported in other comprehensive loss.
Stock-Based Compensation
Pension Plans
Deferred Compensation Plan
Certain management or highly compensated employees of the Company participate in nonqualified deferred compensation programs that permit such employees to defer a portion of their compensation, on a pretax basis. The obligations are presented as a component of the Company’s compensation and benefits accrual included in accrued expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Participants may choose among alternative earnings rates for the amounts they defer, which are based on the programs’ investment options. Changes in the deferred compensation liability under these programs are recognized based on changes in the fair value of the participants’ accounts. Deferred restricted stock units, amounts voluntarily deferred by employees into the Company stock fund, and amounts contributed to participant accounts by the Company are deemed invested in the Company’s common stock and future distributions of such contributions will be made solely in shares of Company common stock, and therefore are not reflected in the plan obligations.
80
Accounting Standards Recently Adopted
In December 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): “Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures." The update requires a public business entity to disclose, on an annual basis, a tabular rate reconciliation using both percentages and currency amounts, broken out into specified categories with certain reconciling items further broken out by nature and jurisdiction to the extent those items exceed a specified threshold. In addition, all entities are required to disclose income taxes paid, net of refunds received disaggregated by federal, state/local, and foreign and by jurisdiction if the amount is at least 5% of total income tax payments, net of refunds received. Adoption of the ASU allows for either the prospective or retrospective application of the amendment and is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company prospectively adopted this guidance on December 31, 2025 and updated its disclosures to conform to this new income tax disclosure requirement.
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-04, “Debt– Debt with Conversion and Other Options, (subtopic 470-20).” The update is intended to improve the relevance and consistency in application of the induced conversion guidance in Subtopic 470-20 for (a) convertible debt instruments with cash conversion features and (b) debt instruments that are not currently convertible. ASU 2024-04 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2025. Early adoption is permitted for all entities that have adopted the amendments in Update ASU 2020-06, “Debt – Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging – Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815 – 40),” which the Company adopted in 2022. . The Company adopted this guidance on December 31, 2025, and its adoption did not have an impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted
In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-07, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) and Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” The update excludes from derivative accounting, nonexchange-traded contracts with underlyings that are based on operations or activities specific to one of the parties to the contract. This scope exception does not apply to (1) variables based on a market rate, market price, or market index, (2) variables based on the price or performance of a financial asset or financial liability of one of the parties to the contract, (3) contracts (or features) involving the issuer’s own equity that are evaluated under the guidance in Subtopic 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity, and (4) call options and put options on debt instruments. ASU 2025-07 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has not yet completed its assessment of the impact of ASU 2025-07 on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-06, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40) Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-Use Software.” ASU 2025-06 amends the guidance in ASC 350-40 by modernizing the recognition and disclosure framework, removing the previous “development stage” model and introducing a more judgment-based approach. ASU 2025-06 also applies to ASC 350-50, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other -Website Development Costs,” and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has not yet completed its assessment of the impact of ASU 2025-06 on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, “Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures, (subtopic 220-40).” The update requires the disclosure of specific information related to certain costs and expenses, including amounts for inventory purchases, employee compensation, and depreciation and amortization included in each relevant expense caption presented on the face of the income statement. ASU 2024-03 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has not yet completed its assessment of the impact of ASU 2024-03 on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
NOTE 3. CREDIT LOSSES
The allowance for credit losses is a valuation account deducted from accounts receivable to present the net amount expected to be collected. Accounts receivable are charged off against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of an accounts receivable balance is confirmed.
81
Management estimates the adequacy of the allowance by using relevant available information, from internal and external sources, relating to past events, current conditions and forecasts. Historical credit loss experience provides the basis for estimation of expected credit losses and is adjusted as necessary using the relevant information available. The allowance for credit losses is measured on a collective basis when similar risk characteristics exist. The Company has identified one portfolio segment based on the following risk characteristics: geographic regions, product lines, default rates and customer specific factors.
The factors used by management in its credit loss analysis are inherently subject to uncertainty. If actual results are not consistent with management’s estimates and assumptions, the allowance for credit losses may be overstated or understated and a charge or credit to net income may be required.
The rollforward of the allowance for credit losses is summarized as follows ($ in millions):
Balance at December 31, 2024 | $ | ||||
| Foreign currency translation | |||||
| Provision for credit losses | |||||
| Write-offs charged against the allowance | ( | ||||
| Recoveries | ( | ||||
Balance at December 31, 2025 | $ | ||||
NOTE 4. INVENTORIES
The classes of inventory are summarized as follows ($ in millions):
| December 31, 2025 | December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||
| Finished goods | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Work in process | |||||||||||
| Raw materials | |||||||||||
| Reserve for inventory obsolescence | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | |||||||||
NOTE 5. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
The classes of property, plant and equipment are summarized as follows ($ in millions):
| December 31, 2025 | December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||
| Land and improvements | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Buildings and improvements | |||||||||||
| Machinery, equipment and other assets | |||||||||||
| Construction in progress | |||||||||||
| Gross property, plant and equipment | |||||||||||
| Less: accumulated depreciation | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Property, plant and equipment, net | $ | $ | |||||||||
82
NOTE 6. EQUITY SECURITY INVESTMENTS USING THE MEASUREMENT ALTERNATIVE METHOD
The summary below represents the Company’s equity security investments using the measurement alternative method that do not have readily determinable fair values and as of December 31 are summarized as follows ($ in millions):
| December 31, 2025 | December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||
| Equity security investments | $ | $ | |||||||||
The Company records net realized and unrealized gains (losses) for the above security investments in other income (expense), net, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Net unrealized gains (losses) are summarized as follows ($ in millions):
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Investment Losses | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Unrealized losses | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
NOTE 7. LEASES
The Company has operating leases for office space, warehouses, distribution centers, research and development, manufacturing facilities, equipment and vehicles. Many leases include one or more options to renew, some of which include options to extend the lease for up to 20 years and some leases include options to terminate the lease within 30 days. The Company regularly evaluates the renewal options and, when the options are reasonably certain of being exercised, they are included in the lease term. In certain of the Company’s lease agreements, the rental payments are adjusted periodically to reflect actual charges incurred for common area maintenance, utilities, inflation and/or changes in other indexes. The Company has elected to combine lease and non-lease components for leases of all asset classes where the Company is the lessee. At inception, the Company determines whether an agreement represents a lease and, at commencement, evaluates each lease agreement to determine whether the lease is an operating or finance lease.
Variable lease costs consist primarily of taxes, insurance, and common area or other maintenance costs for leased facilities and vehicles, which are paid based on actual costs incurred.
The components of operating lease expense for the years ended December 31 were as follows ($ in millions):
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||||||||
Fixed operating lease expense (a) | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Variable operating lease expense | |||||||||||||||||
| Total operating lease expense | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
______________
(a) Includes short-term leases and sublease income, both of which were not significant.
The following table presents the weighted average remaining lease term and weighted average discount rates related to the Company’s operating leases as of December 31:
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||||||||
| Weighted average remaining lease term | |||||||||||||||||
| Weighted average discount rate | % | % | |||||||||||||||
83
The following table presents the maturity of the Company’s operating lease liabilities as of December 31, 2025 ($ in millions):
| 2026 | $ | ||||||||||
| 2027 | |||||||||||
| 2028 | |||||||||||
| 2029 | |||||||||||
| 2030 | |||||||||||
| Thereafter | |||||||||||
| Total operating lease payments | |||||||||||
| Less: imputed interest | ( | ||||||||||
| Total operating lease liabilities | $ | ||||||||||
As of December 31, 2025, the Company had no additional significant operating or finance leases that had not yet commenced.
NOTE 8. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The Company performed its annual goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment test as of the first day of the fourth quarter of 2025. For goodwill, the Company used a combination of techniques, including an income approach and a market-based approach in performing its annual impairment test to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying value amount. The Company’s reporting units are the financial components of operating segments which constitute businesses for which discrete financial information is available and regularly reviewed by segment management. For indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company used the relief from royalty method to estimate the fair value of its indefinite-lived intangible assets.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recorded charges as a result of the Company’s impairment testing during the year ended 2024, whereby the Company recorded a pre-tax goodwill impairment charge of $960.5 million, with $707.8 million related to its Specialty Products & Technologies segment and $252.7 million related to its Equipment & Consumables segment, and a $101.1 million indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment related to certain indefinite-lived trade names within the Specialty Products & Technologies segment.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recorded goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment charges as a result of the Company’s annual impairment test during the year ended 2023, whereby the Company recorded a pre-tax goodwill impairment charge of $212.3 million, with $134.5 million related to its Specialty Products & Technologies segment and $77.8 million related to its Equipment & Consumables segment, and a $46.0 million indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment related to certain indefinite-lived trade names within the Specialty Products & Technologies segment.
The impairment charges described above are recorded in the Goodwill and intangible asset impairment line within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
84
The following is a rollforward of the Company’s goodwill by segment ($ in millions):
| Specialty Products & Technologies | Equipment & Consumables | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Gross | Accumulated Impairment Charges | Total | Gross | Accumulated Impairment Charges | Total | Gross | Accumulated Impairment Charges | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | ( | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Foreign currency translation | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2025 | $ | $ | ( | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over the shorter of their legal or estimated useful life. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $92.2 million related to developed technology and customer relationships within the Equipment & Consumables segment. There were no
The following summarizes the gross carrying value, accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, for each major category of intangible asset ($ in millions):
As of December 31, 2025 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Gross Carrying Amount | Accumulated Amortization | Accumulated Impairment Losses | Net Carrying Amount | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Finite-lived intangibles: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Patents and technology | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||||
| Customer relationships and other intangibles | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Trademarks and trade names | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total finite-lived intangibles | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Indefinite-lived intangibles: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Trademarks and trade names | — | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Total intangibles | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||||
As of December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Gross Carrying Amount | Accumulated Amortization | Accumulated Impairment Losses | Net Carrying Amount | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Finite-lived intangibles: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Patents and technology | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||||
| Customer relationships and other intangibles | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Trademarks and trade names | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total finite-lived intangibles | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Indefinite-lived intangibles: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Trademarks and trade names | — | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Total intangibles | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||||
Total intangible amortization expense in 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $75.9 million, $82.3 million and $99.6 million, respectively. Based on the intangible assets recorded as of December 31, 2025, amortization expense is estimated as follows for the next five years and thereafter ($ in millions):
85
| Years Ending December 31, | |||||
| 2026 | $ | ||||
| 2027 | |||||
| 2028 | |||||
| 2029 | |||||
2030 | |||||
| Thereafter | |||||
| $ | |||||
NOTE 9. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES
Accrued expenses and other liabilities as of December 31 were as follows ($ in millions):
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current | Noncurrent | Current | Noncurrent | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Compensation and benefits | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| Sales and product allowances | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Contract liabilities | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Taxes, income and other | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Restructuring-employee severance, benefits and other | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Pension benefits | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Loss contingencies | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
NOTE 10. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS AND DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Company uses cross-currency swap derivative contracts to partially hedge its net investments in foreign operations against adverse movements in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the euro. The cross-currency swap derivative contracts are agreements to exchange fixed-rate payments in one currency for fixed-rate payments in another currency. On December 23, 2024, the Company extended its existing $150.0 million notional value cross-currency swap derivative contract for an additional three years , which now matures on January 17, 2028. This contract effectively converts a portion of the Company’s U.S. dollar denominated senior term loan facilities to obligations denominated in euros and partially offsets the impact of changes in currency rates on foreign currency denominated net investments.
The Company also has foreign currency denominated debt consisting of a senior euro term loan and euro borrowings under a revolving credit facility. Both the senior euro term loan and the euro borrowings under the revolving credit facility represent a partial hedge of the Company’s net investment in foreign operations against adverse movements in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the euro and are designated and qualify as non-derivative hedging instruments.
Refer to Note 14 for further discussion of the Company’s debt and credit facilities.
The change in the fair value of the cross-currency swap instrument and the foreign currency translation related to the senior euro term loan and euro borrowings under the revolving credit facility are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets, partially offsetting the foreign currency translation adjustment of the Company’s related net investments in foreign operations that is also recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss as reflected in Note 16.
86
The following table summarizes the notional values as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 and pretax impact of changes in the fair values of instruments designated as net investment and cash flow hedges in accumulated other comprehensive loss (“OCI”) for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 ($ in millions):
| Notional Amount | Loss Recognized in OCI | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Year Ended December 31, 2025 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Foreign currency denominated debt | $ | $ | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Foreign currency contract | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Notional Amount | Gain Recognized in OCI | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Year Ended December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Foreign currency denominated debt | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Foreign currency contract | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
The Company did not not
Additionally, the Company uses foreign currency forward and call option contracts to hedge its foreign currency risk associated with certain foreign denominated balance sheet transactions. These foreign currency forwards and call option contracts are not designated as a hedge for accounting purposes and therefore the changes in the fair value of these instruments are recognized immediately in earnings. On December 31, 2025, the Company entered into various foreign currency forward contracts with an aggregate notional amount of $162.7 million, which had a fair value of zero at December 31, 2025, and matured in January 2026. The realized and unrealized gain (losses) related to forward contracts or call options partially offset the corresponding gains (losses) related to the underlying foreign denominated balance sheet transactions.
The Company’s derivative instrument, as well as its non-derivative debt instrument designated and qualifying as net investment hedges, were classified as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows ($ in millions):
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| Derivative assets: | |||||||||||
| Other long-term assets | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Derivative liabilities: | |||||||||||
| Other long-term liabilities | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Non-derivative hedging instruments: | |||||||||||
| Long-term debt | $ | $ | |||||||||
Amounts above related to the Company’s hedged derivative assets expected to be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to net income during the next 12 months are not significant.
87
NOTE 11. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Accounting standards define fair value based on an exit price model, establish a framework for measuring fair value where the Company’s assets and liabilities are required to be carried at fair value and provide for certain disclosures related to the valuation methods used within a valuation hierarchy as established within the accounting standards. This hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels as follows: Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; Level 2 inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, or other observable characteristics for the asset or liability, including interest rates, yield curves and credit risks, or inputs that are derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data through correlation; and Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs based on the Company’s assumptions. A financial asset or liability’s classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.
A summary of financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis were as follows ($ in millions):
| Quoted Prices in Active Market (Level 1) | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2025 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Assets: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Investments in rabbi trust | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| Liabilities: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cross-currency swap derivative contract | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| Deferred compensation plans | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Assets: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cross-currency swap derivative contract | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| Investments in rabbi trust | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| Liabilities: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Deferred compensation plans | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
Derivative Instruments
The cross-currency swap is classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. The cross-currency swap is measured using the income approach with the relevant foreign currency current exchange rates and forward curves as inputs. Refer to Note 10 for additional information.
Deferred Compensation Plans
Deferred compensation obligations are classified as Level 2 inputs and are derived principally from, or corroborated by observable market data.
The deferred compensation obligations are funded through a Company established irrevocable rabbi trust, which holds investments that primarily consist of mutual funds and corporate owned life insurance policies. The mutual funds are valued based on quoted market prices and therefore are classified as Level 1. The corporate owned life insurance policies have cash surrender values (which approximate fair value), that derive their values from investments in mutual funds that are managed by an insurance company, are valued using a market approach and therefore are classified within Level 2. Refer to Note 2 for additional information.
88
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments for the years ended December 31 were as follows ($ in millions):
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Carrying Amount | Fair Value | Carrying Amount | Fair Value | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Assets: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Investments in rabbi trust | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| Cross-currency swap derivative contract | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| Liabilities: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cross-currency swap derivative contract | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| Convertible senior notes due 2028 | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| Convertible senior notes due 2025 | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| Other debt | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
The fair value of the convertible senior notes due 2028 and convertible senior notes due 2025 were determined based on the quoted bid price of the convertible senior notes in an over-the-counter market on December 31, 2025 and 2024, and therefore are considered as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of long-term debt approximates the carrying value as these borrowings are based on variable market rates. The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, which consist primarily of money market funds, time and demand deposits, trade accounts receivables and trade accounts payable approximate their carrying amounts due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.
Refer to Note 12 for information related to the fair value of the Company sponsored defined benefit pension plan assets.
NOTE 12. PENSION AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS
Certain of the Company’s employees participate in defined benefit pension plans. In general, the Company’s policy is to fund these plans based on considerations relating to legal requirements, underlying asset returns, the plan’s funded status, the anticipated deductibility of the contribution, local practices, market conditions, interest rates and other factors.
89
The following sets forth the funded status of the Company’s plans as of the most recent actuarial valuations using measurement dates of December 31 ($ in millions):
| Pension Benefits | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| Change in pension benefit obligation: | |||||||||||
| Benefit obligation at beginning of year | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||
| Service cost | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Interest cost | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Employee contributions | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Benefits and other expenses paid | |||||||||||
| Actuarial (loss) gain | ( | ||||||||||
| Amendments, settlements and curtailments | |||||||||||
| Foreign exchange rate impact | ( | ||||||||||
| Benefit obligation at end of year | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Change in plan assets: | |||||||||||
| Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year | |||||||||||
| Actual return on plan assets | |||||||||||
| Net employer contributions | |||||||||||
| Employee contributions | |||||||||||
| Amendments and settlements | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Benefits and other expenses paid | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Foreign exchange rate impact | ( | ||||||||||
| Fair value of plan assets at end of year | |||||||||||
| Funded status | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||
Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at date of measurement:
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| Discount rate | % | % | |||||||||
| Rate of compensation increase | % | % | |||||||||
Components of net periodic pension cost:
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| ($ in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||
| Service cost | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||||||
| Interest cost | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
| Expected return on plan assets | |||||||||||||||||
| Amortization of prior service credit and initial net obligation | |||||||||||||||||
| Amortization of actuarial gain | |||||||||||||||||
| Net settlement and curtailment (loss) gain | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Net periodic pension cost | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||||||
90
The following table represents the service cost and other net periodic benefit costs of the defined benefit pension plans incurred during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 ($ in millions):
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| Service cost: | |||||||||||||||||
| Cost of goods sold | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
| Other net periodic pension costs: | |||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||||||
Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost at date of measurement:
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| Discount rate | % | % | |||||||||
| Expected long-term return on plan assets | % | % | |||||||||
| Rate of compensation increase | % | % | |||||||||
The discount rate reflects the market rate on December 31 of the prior year for high-quality fixed-income investments with maturities corresponding to the Company’s benefit obligations and is subject to change each year. The rates appropriate for each plan are determined based on investment grade instruments with maturities approximately equal to the average expected benefit payout under the plan. The Company periodically updates the mortality assumptions used to estimate the projected benefit obligation.
Included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2025 are the following amounts that have not yet been recognized in net periodic pension cost: unrecognized prior service credits of $1.5 million ($1.1 million, net of tax) and unrecognized actuarial gain of $5.9 million ($4.4 million, net of tax). The unrecognized actuarial gain and prior service credits, net, are calculated as the difference between the actuarially determined projected benefit obligation and the value of the plan assets less accrued pension costs as of December 31, 2025. The amounts included in accumulated comprehensive loss expected to be recognized in net periodic pension costs during the year ending December 31, 2026 is a prior service credit of $0.4 million ($0.3 million, net of tax) and an actuarial gain of $0.3 million ($0.2 million, net of tax), respectively.
Selection of Expected Rate of Return on Assets
The expected rate of return reflects the asset allocation of the plans and is based primarily on contractual earnings rates included in existing insurance contracts as well as on broad, publicly-traded equity and fixed-income indices and forward-looking estimates of active portfolio and investment management. Long-term rate of return on asset assumptions for the plans were determined on a plan-by-plan basis based on the composition of assets and ranged from 2.3 % to 3.6 % for 2025 and 3.5 % to 4.1 % for 2024, with a weighted average rate of return assumption of 3.3 % and 3.9 % for 2025 and 2024, respectively.
91
Plan Assets
Plan assets are invested in various insurance contracts, equity and debt securities as determined by the administrator of each plan.
The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets as of December 31, 2025, by asset category, were as follows ($ in millions):
| Quoted Prices in Active Market (Level 1) | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| Insurance contracts | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total assets at fair value | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
The following table summarizes the changes in Level 3 pension plan assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2025 ($ in millions):
| Fair Value at January 1 | Return on Plan Assets | Net Purchases / (Settlements) | Transfers Into/(Out of) Level 3 | Fair Value at December 31 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Insurance contracts | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets as of December 31, 2024, by asset category, were as follows ($ in millions):
| Quoted Prices in Active Market (Level 1) | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| Insurance contracts | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
The following table summarizes the changes in Level 3 pension plan assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2024 (in millions):
| Fair Value at January 1 | Return on Plan Assets | Net Purchases / (Settlements) | Transfers Into/(Out of) Level 3 | Fair Value at December 31 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Insurance contracts | $ | $ | ( | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Insurance contracts are valued at carrying value, which approximates fair value, and are calculated using the prior-year balance plus or minus investment returns and changes in cash flows.
The methods described above may produce a fair value estimate that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, while the Company believes the valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with the methods used by other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement at the reporting date.
Expected Contributions
During 2025, the Company contributed $1.4 million, net to its defined benefit pension plans. During 2026, the Company’s cash contribution requirements for its defined benefit pension plans are expected to be approximately $6.2 million.
92
The following sets forth benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, at December 31, 2025, are expected to be paid by the plans in the periods indicated ($ in millions):
| 2026 | $ | ||||
| 2027 | $ | ||||
| 2028 | $ | ||||
| 2029 | $ | ||||
| 2030 | $ | ||||
| 2031 - 2035 | $ | ||||
Other Matters
U.S. employees not covered by defined benefit plans are generally covered by defined contribution plans, which provide for Company funding based on a percentage of compensation. The Company provides eligible employees the opportunity to participate in defined contribution savings plans (commonly known as 401(k) plans). Employees may contribute to various investment alternatives. In most of these plans, the Company matches a portion of the employees’ contributions. The Company’s contributions to these plans amounted to $13.6 million, $19.8 million and $12.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
A limited number of the Company’s subsidiaries, primarily outside of the United States, participate in multiemployer defined benefit plans that require the Company to periodically contribute funds to the plan. Multi-employer pension plans are designed to cover employees from multiple employers. These plans allow multiple employers to pool their pension resources and realize efficiencies associated with the daily administration of the plan. The risks of participating in a multiemployer plan differ from the risks of participating in a single-employer plan in the following respects: (1) assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers, (2) if a participating employer ceases contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be required to be borne by the remaining participating employers and (3) if the Company elects to stop participating in the plan, the Company may be required to pay the plan an amount based on the unfunded status of the plan.
93
NOTE 13. LITIGATION AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company records accruals for loss contingencies associated with legal matters when it is probable that a liability will be incurred, and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.
If the reasonable estimate of a known or probable loss is a range, and no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other, the minimum amount of the range is accrued. If a loss does not meet the known or probable level but is reasonably possible, it is disclosed if deemed material and if such loss or range of loss can be reasonably estimated, the estimated loss or range of loss is disclosed. The Company’s reserves consist of specific reserves for individual claims and additional amounts for anticipated developments of these claims as well as for incurred but not yet reported claims. The specific reserves for individual known claims are quantified with the assistance of legal counsel and outside risk professionals where appropriate. In addition, outside risk professionals assist in the determination of reserves for certain incurred but not yet reported claims through evaluation of the Company’s specific loss history, actual claims reported and industry trends among statistical and other factors. The Company has determined that the liabilities associated with certain litigation matters are probable and can be reasonably estimated and has accrued $25.8 million and $32.4 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, which are included in accrued liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company has accrued for these matters and will continue to monitor each related legal issue and adjust accruals as might be warranted based on new information and further developments in accordance with ASC 450-20-25. Amounts accrued for legal contingencies often result from a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties that rely heavily on estimates and assumptions including timing of related payments. The ability to make such estimates and judgments can be affected by various factors including, among other things, whether damages sought in the proceedings are unsubstantiated or indeterminate; legal discovery has not commenced or is not complete; proceedings are in early stages; matters present legal uncertainties; there are significant facts in dispute; procedural or jurisdictional issues; the uncertainty and unpredictability of the number of potential claims; or there are numerous parties involved. To the extent adverse verdicts have been rendered against the Company, the Company does not record an accrual until a loss is determined to be probable and can be reasonably estimated. In the Company's opinion, based on its examination of these matters, its experience to date and discussions with counsel, the ultimate outcome of legal proceedings, net of liabilities accrued in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets, is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position. However, the resolution of or increase in accruals for, one or more of these matters in any reporting period may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and cash flows for that period.
The Company is subject to various environmental laws and regulations both within and outside of the United States. The operations of the Company involve the use of substances regulated under environmental laws, primarily in manufacturing processes. While it is difficult to quantify the potential impact of continuing compliance with environmental protection laws or potential enforcement actions by regulatory agencies, management believes that such compliance or potential enforcement actions will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.
As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $15.5 million of guarantees consisting primarily of outstanding standby letters of credit and bank guarantees. These guarantees have been provided in connection with certain arrangements with vendors, customers, insurance providers, financing counterparties and governmental entities to secure the Company’s obligations and/or performance requirements related to specific transactions.
NOTE 14. DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES
The components of the Company’s debt as of December 31, were as follows, net of debt discount and debt issuance costs ($ in millions):
94
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
Senior term loan facility due 2028 (the “2028 Term Loan”) | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Senior euro term loan facility due 2028 (the “2028 Euro Term Loan”) | |||||||||||
Convertible senior notes due 2028 (the “2028 Convertible Notes”) | |||||||||||
Convertible senior notes due 2025 (the “2025 Convertible Notes”) | |||||||||||
| Revolving credit facility due 2028 (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) | |||||||||||
| Total debt | |||||||||||
| Less: current portion | ( | ||||||||||
| Long-term debt | $ | $ | |||||||||
The Company’s contractual minimum principal payments are as follows ($ in millions):
| 2026 | $ | ||||
| 2027 | |||||
| 2028 | |||||
| Total | $ | ||||
Credit Facilities
On August 31, 2023, the Company entered into a second amended and restated credit agreement (the “Second Amended Credit Agreement”), which amends and restates the Company’s credit agreement dated June 15, 2021. Under the Second Amended Credit Agreement, the Company entered into the 2028 Term Loan for $530.0 million and the 2028 Euro Term Loan for €350.0 million (collectively, the “2028 Term Loans”). The Second Amended Credit Agreement also includes a Revolving Credit Facility (together with the 2028 Term Loans, the “Senior Credit Facilities”) with an aggregate available borrowing capacity up to $750.0 million, with a maximum alternative currency sublimit of $675.0 million, and a $30.0 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit that can be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes. The Company may request further increases to the Revolving Credit Facility by an amount that is the greater of 100 % of Consolidated EBITDA or $525.0 million. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had €100.0 million in outstanding borrowings under its Revolving Credit Facility. There were no outstanding borrowings under this Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2024. The Senior Credit Facilities mature on August 31, 2028, and are subject to an earlier maturity date of 91 days prior to the maturity date of the 2028 Convertible Notes, if more than $250.0 million of such notes are outstanding at that time. The proceeds from the 2028 Term Loans were used to pay outstanding balances of the term loans under our prior credit facility. The Company paid fees aggregating approximately $5.2 million in connection with the Second Amended Credit Agreement. The Company repaid $100.0 million of the 2028 Term Loan during the year ended December 31, 2024.
Under the Senior Credit Facilities, borrowings bear interest as follows: (1) Term SOFR Loans (as defined in the Second Amended Credit Agreement) bear interest at a variable rate on a forward-looking Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) term rate plus 0.10 % credit spread adjustment plus a margin of between 0.910 % and 1.625 %, depending on the Company’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Second Amended Credit Agreement) as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter; and (2) Base Rate Loans (as defined in the Second Amended Credit Agreement) bear interest at a variable rate equal to (a) the highest of (i) the Federal funds rate (as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York from time to time) plus 0.50 %, (ii) Bank of America’s “prime rate” as publicly announced from time to time, (iii) the Term SOFR (as defined in the Second Amended Credit Agreement) plus 1.0 % and (iv) 1.0 %, plus a margin of between 0.0 % and 0.625 %, depending on the Company’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter. In no event will Term SOFR Loans or Base Rate Loans bear interest at a rate lower than 0.0%. In addition, the Company is required to pay a per annum facility fee of between 0.09 % and 0.225 % depending on the Company’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter and based on the aggregate commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility, whether drawn or not.
95
The interest rates for borrowings under the 2028 Term Loan were 5.07 % and 6.08 % as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The interest rates for borrowings under the 2028 Euro Term Loan were 2.98 % and 4.31 % as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The interest rate for the Revolving Credit Facility was 3.02 % as of December 31, 2025. Interest is payable quarterly for the Senior Credit Facilities. The Company is required to maintain a Consolidated Leverage Ratio of 4.00 to 1.00 or less and includes a provision that the maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio will be increased to 4.50 to 1.00 for the three consecutive full fiscal quarters immediately following the consummation of any acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company in which the purchase price exceeds $100.0 million. The Company is also required to maintain a Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Second Amended Credit Agreement) of at least 3.00 to 1.00. The Company is subject to customary representations, warranties, conditions precedent, events of default, indemnities and affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the Company’s and/or the Company’s subsidiaries’ ability, subject to certain exceptions and qualifications, to incur liens or indebtedness, merge, consolidate or sell or otherwise transfer assets, make dividends or distributions, enter into transactions with the Company’s affiliates and use proceeds of the debt financing for other than permitted uses. Additionally, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default, the lenders may declare the outstanding advances and all other obligations immediately due and payable. The Company was in compliance with all of its debt covenants as of December 31, 2025.
2028 Convertible Notes
On August 10, 2023, the Company issued the 2028 Convertible Notes due on August 15, 2028, unless earlier repurchased, redeemed or converted. The aggregate principal amount, which includes the initial purchasers’ exercise in full of their option to purchase an additional $65.2 million principal amount, was $500.2 million. The net proceeds from the issuance, after deducting purchasers’ discounts and estimated offering expenses, were $485.9 million. The Company used a portion of the net proceeds to pay the cash portion of the consideration in the exchange transaction described below under “2025 Convertible Notes.”
The 2028 Convertible Notes accrue interest at a rate of 1.75 % per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year. The 2028 Convertible Notes have an initial conversion rate of 21.5942 shares of the Company’s common stock per $1,000 principal amount, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $46.31 per share of the Company’s common stock and is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of specified events. The 2028 Convertible Notes are governed by an indenture dated as of August 10, 2023 (the “Indenture”) between the Company and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee. The Indenture does not contain any financial covenants or any restrictions on the payment of dividends, the incurrence of senior debt or other indebtedness or the issuance or repurchase of the Company’s securities by the Company.
The 2028 Convertible Notes are senior, unsecured obligations and are (i) equal in right of payment with the Company’s existing and future senior, unsecured indebtedness; (ii) senior in right of payment to the Company’s existing and future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated to the 2028 Convertible Notes; (iii) effectively subordinated to the Company’s existing and future secured indebtedness, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing that indebtedness; and (iv) structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, and (to the extent the Company is not a holder thereof) preferred equity, if any, of the Company’s subsidiaries.
Holders of the 2028 Convertible Notes may convert at any time on or after February 15, 2028 until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately before the maturity date. Holders will also have the right to convert prior to February 15, 2028, but only upon the occurrence of specified events. The Company will settle any convertible note conversions through a combination settlement by satisfying the principal amount outstanding with cash and any convertible note conversion value in excess of the principal amount in cash or shares of the Company’s common stock or any combination thereof. If a fundamental change occurs prior to the maturity date, holders may require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of their 2028 Convertible Notes for cash at a repurchase price equal to 100 % of the principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, if specific corporate events occur prior to the maturity date, the Company would increase the conversion rate for a holder who elects to convert in connection with such an event in certain circumstances. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, none of the conditions permitting early conversion by holders had been met, therefore, the 2028 Convertible Notes are classified as long-term debt.
96
The 2028 Convertible Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the Company’s option at any time, and from time to time, on or after August 17, 2026 and on or before the 40th scheduled trading day immediately before the maturity date, at a cash redemption price equal to the principal amount to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding the redemption date, but only if the last reported sale price per share of the Company’s common stock exceeds 130 % of the conversion price on (i) each of at least 20 trading days, whether or not consecutive, during the 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the trading day immediately before the date the Company sends the related redemption notice; and (ii) the trading day immediately before the date the Company sends such notice. In addition, calling any 2028 Convertible Note for redemption will constitute a “Make-Whole Fundamental Change” (as defined in the Indenture) with respect to that 2028 Convertible Note, in which case the conversion rate applicable to the conversion will be increased in certain circumstances if it is converted after it is called for redemption.
The 2028 Convertible Notes are accounted for in accordance with ASC 470 “Debt” and ASC 815 “Derivatives and Hedging.” The Company has evaluated all the embedded conversion options contained in the 2028 Convertible Notes to determine if there are embedded features that require bifurcation as a derivative as required by U.S. GAAP. Based on the Company’s analysis, it accounts for the 2028 Convertible Notes as single units of accounting, a liability, because the Company concluded that the conversion features do not require bifurcation as a derivative.
2025 Convertible Notes
On May 21, 2020, the Company issued the 2025 Convertible Notes. The aggregate principal amount, which includes the initial purchasers’ exercise in full of their option to purchase an additional $67.5 million principal amount, was $517.5 million. The net proceeds from the issuance, after deducting purchasers’ discounts and estimated offering expenses, were $502.6 million. The Company used part of the net proceeds to pay for the capped call transactions (“Capped Calls”) as further described below.
The 2025 Convertible Notes accrued interest at a rate of 2.375 % per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year. The 2025 Convertible Notes had an initial conversion rate of 47.5862 shares of the Company’s common stock per $1,000 principal amount, which was equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $21.01 per share of the Company’s common stock and was subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of specified events.
On August 10, 2023, the Company entered into exchange agreements with a limited number of holders of the 2025 Convertible Notes to exchange $401.2 million principal amount of the 2025 Convertible Notes for aggregate consideration which consisted of approximately $403.0 million in cash, which included accrued interest, and approximately 8.4 million shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Notes Exchanges”). The Company recognized a non-cash inducement charge of $28.5 million in connection with the Notes Exchanges which was recorded within Other Expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, a reduction of $4.4 million of unamortized debt issuance costs, and an increase in additional paid-in capital of $24.1 million.
On June 1, 2025, the 2025 Convertible Notes matured and the Company repaid the outstanding principal amount of $116.3 million and accrued interest. Except as noted above in connection with the Notes Exchanges, no shares of common stock were issued to settle the 2025 Convertible Notes.
The following table sets forth total interest expense recognized related to convertible notes ($ in millions):
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Contractual interest expense: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2028 Convertible Notes | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 Convertible Notes | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of debt issuance costs: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2028 Convertible Notes | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 Convertible Notes | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest expense | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
97
Debt issuance costs for the 2028 Convertible Notes and the 2025 Convertible Notes were amortized using an annual effective interest rate of 2.4 % and 3.0 %, respectively.
As of December 31, 2025, the if-converted value of the 2028 Convertible Notes did not exceed its outstanding principal amount. As of December 31, 2024, the if-converted value of the 2028 Convertible Notes and the 2025 Convertible Notes did not exceed their respective outstanding principal amounts.
Debt Issuance Costs
The remaining unamortized debt issuance costs for debt outstanding were as follows ($ in millions):
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| 2028 Convertible Notes | $ | $ | |||||||||
| 2025 Convertible Notes | |||||||||||
| 2028 Term Loan | |||||||||||
| 2028 Euro Term Loan | |||||||||||
| $ | $ | ||||||||||
The above unamortized debt issuance costs have been netted against their respective aggregate principal amounts of the related debt and are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the respective debt.
Capped Call Transactions
In connection with the offering of the 2025 Convertible Notes, the Company entered into Capped Calls with certain counterparties. The Capped Calls had an initial strike price of approximately $21.01 per share, subject to certain adjustments, which corresponds to the initial conversion price of the 2025 Convertible Notes. The Capped Calls had initial cap prices of $23.79 per share, subject to certain adjustments. The Capped Calls were generally intended to reduce or offset the potential dilution from shares of common stock issued upon any conversion of the 2025 Convertible Notes with such reduction or offset, as the case may be, subject to a cap based on the cap price. The Company completed a partial unwind of the Capped Calls in connection with the Notes Exchanges on August 10, 2023 as discussed above. The remaining Capped Calls expired in conjunction with the maturity and payoff of the 2025 Convertible Notes on June 1, 2025.
NOTE 15. STOCK TRANSACTIONS AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
Capital Stock
Under the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the Company’s authorized capital stock consists of 500.0 million shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share and 15.0 million shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.01 per share. No
Each share of the Company’s common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters to be voted upon by common stockholders. The Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series and has discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock. The Board’s authority to issue preferred stock with voting rights or conversion rights that, if exercised, could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock, could potentially discourage attempts by third parties to obtain control of the Company through certain types of takeover practices.
On February 5, 2025, our Board authorized a stock repurchase program, allowing us to purchase up to $250.0 million of our outstanding common stock through December 31, 2026. Stock repurchases made in connection with this program totaled approximately $165.9 million or 9.2 million shares during the year ended December 31, 2025.
98
The following table summarizes the Company’s stock activity (shares in millions):
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| Common stock - shares issued: | |||||||||||||||||
| Balance, beginning of period | |||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock | |||||||||||||||||
| Balance, end of period | |||||||||||||||||
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company adopted the 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Stock Plan”) that provides for the grant of stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and performance stock units (‘PSUs”) (collectively, “Stock Awards”), as well as stock options (“Options”) and performance stock options (“PSOs”). A total of 27.1 million shares of the Company’s common stock have been authorized for issuance under the Stock Plan. Under the Stock Plan, stock-based grants are awarded at a price equal to the fair market value at the date of grant based upon the closing price on that date. Options and Stock Awards generally vest over a period of to five years . Options expire ten years after the date of grant.
RSUs issued under the Stock Plan provide for the issuance of a share of the Company’s common stock at no cost to the holder. Prior to vesting, RSUs granted under the Stock Plan do not have dividend equivalent rights, do not have voting rights and the shares underlying the RSUs are not considered issued and outstanding. PSUs and PSOs issued under the Stock Plan provide for the issuance of a share, or the right to purchase a share at a designated price, respectively, of the Company’s common stock based on the achievement of various financial performance metric targets and market conditions, which are set at the time of grant.
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation by measuring all RSUs, PSOs, PSUs and Options at fair value as of the grant date. The Company generally recognizes compensation expense net of an estimated forfeiture rate on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period (which is generally the vesting period but may be shorter than the vesting period if the employee becomes retirement eligible before the end of the vesting period), except for RSUs compensation expense which is recognized using an accelerated attribution method. The fair value for RSU awards is calculated using the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The fair value of the Options granted is calculated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model (“Black-Scholes”).
On January 21, 2022, the Company finalized an RSU agreement with Pacific Dental Services (“PDS”) which awarded PDS RSUs with a fair value of $12.5 million, or 273,522 RSUs, based on the Company’s stock price on December 23, 2021. The RSUs vest over approximately four years and contain performance milestones. As of December 31, 2025, 182,348 RSUs vested and were released as a result of a performance milestone achievement. The remaining 91,174 RSUs remained unvested as of December 31, 2025.
The following summarizes the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model to value Options granted during the years ended December 31:
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| Risk-free interest rate | |||||||||||||||||
| Weighted average volatility | % | % | % | ||||||||||||||
| Dividend yield | % | % | % | ||||||||||||||
| Expected years until exercise | |||||||||||||||||
The risk-free rate of interest for periods within the contractual life of the awards is based on a zero-coupon U.S. government instrument with a maturity period that approximates the award’s expected term. The weighted average volatility used in the Black-Scholes model to value Options was estimated based on an average historical stock price volatility of a peer group of companies. The dividend yield was 0.0 % as the Company does not offer a dividend. To estimate the option exercise timing used in the valuation model, in addition to considering the vesting period and contractual term of the Option, the Company analyzes and considers actual historical exercise experience for previously granted awards.
99
The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized during a period is also based on the portion of the awards that are ultimately expected to vest. The Company estimates pre-vesting forfeitures at the time of grant by analyzing historical data and revises those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company has estimated an annual forfeiture rate of 12.0
The following summarizes the components of the Company’s stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31 ($ in millions):
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| RSUs / PSUs | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Options / PSOs | |||||||||||||||||
| Total stock-based compensation expense | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
The Company’s stock-based compensation is primarily recognized as a component of SG&A expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2025, $40.8 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to PSOs/Options and RSUs/PSUs is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately one year .
The following summarizes the Company’s Option and PSO activity (in millions; except price per share and numbers of years):
Number of Stock Options / PSOs | Weighted Average Exercise Price | Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years) | Aggregate Intrinsic Value | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Outstanding as of December 31, 2022 | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Granted | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Exercised | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cancelled/forfeited | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Outstanding as of December 31, 2023 | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Granted | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Exercised | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cancelled/forfeited | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Outstanding as of December 31, 2024 | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Granted | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Exercised | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cancelled/forfeited | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Outstanding as of December 31, 2025 | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2025 | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
Vested as of December 31, 2025 | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
100
Options and PSOs outstanding as of December 31, 2025 are summarized below (in millions; except price per share and numbers of years):
| Outstanding | Exercisable | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Exercise Price | Number of Stock Options / PSOs | Average Exercise Price | Average Remaining Life (in years) | Number of Stock Options / PSOs | Average Exercise Price | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The intrinsic value of Options and PSOs are calculated as the amount by which the market price of the Company’s stock exceeds the exercise price of the Option / PSO. The aggregate intrinsic value of Options and PSOs exercised during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $1.2 million, $0.8 million and $9.0 million, respectively.
The following summarizes information on unvested RSU and PSU activity related to the Company’s employees and non-employee directors (in millions; except weighted average grant-date fair value):
| Number of RSUs/PSUs | Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value | ||||||||||
| Unvested at December 31, 2022 | $ | ||||||||||
| Granted | $ | ||||||||||
| Vested | ( | $ | |||||||||
| Forfeited | ( | $ | |||||||||
| Unvested at December 31, 2023 | $ | ||||||||||
| Granted | $ | ||||||||||
| Vested | ( | $ | |||||||||
| Forfeited | ( | $ | |||||||||
| Unvested at December 31, 2024 | $ | ||||||||||
| Granted | $ | ||||||||||
| Vested | ( | $ | |||||||||
| Forfeited | ( | $ | |||||||||
| Unvested at December 31, 2025 | $ | ||||||||||
The Company recognizes tax benefits for stock compensation in certain jurisdictions, primarily the United States, where tax deductions are based on market value at exercise or release and may exceed the grant-date value. The Company realized such tax benefits of $0.1 million, $0.1 million, and $1.3 million in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, related to the exercise of Options and PSOs. The Company did no 0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. For all periods presented, the tax benefits were included as a component of income tax expense and as an operating cash inflow in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.
In connection with the exercise of certain Options and the vesting of RSUs and PSUs, a number of shares sufficient to fund statutory minimum tax withholding requirements has been withheld from the total shares issued or released to the award holders (though under the terms of the applicable plan, the shares are considered to have been issued and are not added back to the pool of shares available for grant). During the year ended December 31, 2025, 292.6 thousand shares with an aggregate value of $6.2 million were withheld to satisfy the requirement. During the year ended December 31, 2024, 242 thousand shares with an aggregate value of $5.3 million were withheld to satisfy the requirement.
101
NOTE 16. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
The changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component are summarized below ($ in millions):
| Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments | Unrealized Pension Costs | Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2022 | $ | ( | $ | $ | ( | ||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Increase (decrease) | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Income tax impact | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of income taxes | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss income: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Decrease | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Income tax impact | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Net current period other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2023 | $ | ( | $ | $ | ( | ||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Decrease | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Income tax impact | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications, net of income taxes | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss income: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Decrease | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Income tax impact | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Net current period other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2024 | $ | ( | $ | $ | ( | ||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Increase | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Income tax impact | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive income before reclassifications, net of income taxes | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss income: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Decrease | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Income tax impact | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net current period other comprehensive income, net of income taxes | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2025 | $ | ( | $ | $ | ( | ||||||||||||||||||
102
NOTE 17. REVENUE
The following table presents the Company’s revenues disaggregated by geographical region for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 ($ in millions). Sales taxes and other usage-based taxes collected from customers are excluded from revenues. The Company has historically defined emerging markets as developing markets of the world experiencing extended periods of accelerated growth in gross domestic product and infrastructure, including Eastern Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Latin America and Asia (with the exception of Japan and Australia). The Company defines developed markets as all markets of the world that are not emerging markets.
| Year Ended December 31, 2025 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Specialty Products & Technologies | Equipment & Consumables | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Geographical region: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| North America | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Western Europe | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other developed markets | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Emerging markets | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Year Ended December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Specialty Products & Technologies | Equipment & Consumables | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Geographical region: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| North America | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Western Europe | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other developed markets | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Emerging markets | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Remaining Performance Obligations
ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, requires disclosure of remaining performance obligations that represent the aggregate transaction price allocated to performance obligations with an original contract term greater than one year which are fully or partially unsatisfied at the end of the period. Remaining performance obligations include noncancelable purchase orders, unfulfilled obligations, extended warranty and service agreements and do not include revenue from contracts with customers with an original term of one year or less.
With respect to certain clear aligner treatment plans, the Company enters into contracts that involve multiple future performance obligations which include optional additional aligners at no additional charge. The Company’s treatment plans are comprised of the following performance obligations: initial aligner shipment and the subsequent shipments of any optional refinement aligners. For such plans, the Company also considers usage rates, which is the number of times a customer is expected to order additional refinement aligners.
As of December 31, 2025, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations was $163.5 million, including $128.0 million related to clear aligner treatment plans. The Company expects to fulfill the majority of these performance obligations over the next 12 months.
103
Contract Liabilities
The Company often receives cash payments from customers in advance of the Company’s performance resulting in contract liabilities. These contract liabilities are classified as either current or long-term in the Consolidated Balance Sheets based on the timing of when the Company expects to recognize revenue. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the contract liabilities were $207.2 million and $166.8 million, respectively, and are included within accrued expenses and other liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The increase in the contract liability balance during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, is primarily due to cash payments received in advance of satisfying performance obligations, partially offset by revenue recognized during the period that was included in the contract liability balance at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.
Revenue recognized during the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 that is included in the contract liability balance at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 was $153.5 million and $97.1 million, respectively.
Significant Customers
Sales to the Company’s largest customer were 12 % of total sales for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 10
NOTE 18. RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITIES AND RELATED IMPAIRMENTS
Restructuring Activities
The Company’s restructuring activities are undertaken as necessary to implement management’s strategy, streamline operations, take advantage of available capacity and resources, and ultimately achieve net cost reductions. These activities generally relate to reductions in workforce, the realignment of existing manufacturing capacity and closure of facilities and other exit or disposal activities, as it relates to executing the Company’s strategy, pursuant to restructuring programs.
Restructuring related charges recorded for the years ended December 31 by segment were as follows ($ in millions):
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Specialty Products & Technologies | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Equipment & Consumables | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Restructuring related charges incurred during the years ended December 31 were reflected in the following captions in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations ($ in millions):
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cost of sales | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the restructuring liability was $12.0 million and $15.6 million, respectively. The December 31, 2024 liability was paid during the current period and the December 31, 2025 liability was incurred during 2025 and is expected to be paid out in 2026.
104
NOTE 19. INCOME TAXES
For the years ended December 31, income (loss) before income taxes were as follows ($ in millions):
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| United States | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||||||
| International | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | ||||||||||||
The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31 were as follows ($ in millions):
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| Current: | |||||||||||||||||
| Federal U.S. | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Non-U.S. | |||||||||||||||||
| State and local | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Deferred: | |||||||||||||||||
| Federal U.S. | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Non-U.S. | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| State and local | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Income tax provision | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are classified as long-term and are included in other long-term assets and other long-term liabilities, respectively, in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31 were as follows ($ in millions):
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| Deferred tax assets: | |||||||||||
| Inventories | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Pension benefits | |||||||||||
| Other accruals and prepayments | |||||||||||
| Lease liabilities | |||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | |||||||||||
| Unrealized gains and losses | |||||||||||
| Interest expense | |||||||||||
| Capitalized research expenses | |||||||||||
| Tax credit and loss carryforwards | |||||||||||
| Valuation allowances | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Total deferred tax asset | |||||||||||
| Deferred tax liabilities: | |||||||||||
| Property, plant and equipment | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Unremitted Foreign Earnings | ( | ||||||||||
| Unrealized gains and losses | ( | ||||||||||
| Right-of-use assets | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Goodwill and other intangible assets | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Total deferred tax liability | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Net deferred tax asset | $ | $ | |||||||||
105
Deferred taxes associated with U.S. entities consist of net deferred tax assets of $46.6 million and $33.3 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Deferred taxes associated with non-U.S. entities consist of net deferred tax assets of $39.6 million and $53.1 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. During 2025, the Company’s valuation allowance increased by $13.8 million primarily due to increasing a valuation allowance against a portion of the Company’s Swiss Step-up deferred tax assets.
The Company’s intent is to permanently reinvest substantially all funds outside of the United States and current plans do not demonstrate a need to repatriate the cash to fund U.S. operations. However, if these funds were repatriated, they would likely not be subject to United States federal income tax under the previously taxed income or the dividend exemption rules. The Company would likely be required to accrue and pay United States state and local taxes and withholding taxes payable to various countries. It is not practicable to estimate the tax impact of the reversal of the outside basis difference, or the repatriation of cash due to the complexity of its hypothetical calculation.
On July 4, 2025, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (“OBBBA”) was enacted in the U.S. The OBBBA includes significant provisions, such as the permanent extension of certain expiring provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, modifications to the international tax framework and the restoration of favorable tax treatment for certain business provisions. The legislation has multiple effective dates, with certain provisions effective in 2025 and others implemented through 2027. The Company evaluated the impact of the OBBBA during the year ended 2025 and in conjunction with accounting for the impact, changed its indefinite reinvestment assertion related to a foreign subsidiary.
Current tax law in the United States imposes tax on U.S. stockholders for global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) earned by certain foreign subsidiaries. The Company is required to make an accounting policy election of either: (1) treating taxes due on future amounts included in the U.S. taxable income related to GILTI as a current period tax expense when incurred (“the period cost method”); or (2) factoring such amounts into the Company’s measurement of its deferred tax expense (the “deferred method”). In 2018, the Company elected the period cost method for its accounting for GILTI.
The Company adopted ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures as of December 31, 2025. ASU 2023-09 requires the disclosure of a tabular rate reconciliation using both percentages and currency amounts, and income taxes paid, net of refunds received, disaggregated by federal, state/local, and foreign. As the Company prospectively applied ASU 2023-09, the enhanced disclosures required to conform to the ASU are presented for the year ended December 31, 2025 and the information for the comparative years ended 2024 and 2023 have not been recast.
106
The effective income tax amount and rate for the years ended December 31, varies from the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate as follows ($ in millions):
| 2025 | ||||||||
| Amount | Percentage of Pretax Income | |||||||
| U.S federal statutory federal income tax rate | $ | % | ||||||
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax effect1 | % | |||||||
| Foreign tax effects | ||||||||
| Luxembourg | ||||||||
| Tax rate differential from U.S. federal statutory rate | % | |||||||
| Statutory interest deduction | ( | ( | % | |||||
| Other | % | |||||||
| Switzerland | ||||||||
| Tax rate differential from U.S. federal statutory rate | ( | ( | % | |||||
| Change in valuation allowance | % | |||||||
| Other | % | |||||||
| Other foreign | % | |||||||
| Effects of changes in tax laws or rates enacted in the current period | ||||||||
| Effect of cross-border tax laws | ||||||||
| Subpart F, including GILTI, net of related foreign tax credits | % | |||||||
| Elimination of intercompany transactions | % | |||||||
| Change in indefinite reinvestment assertion | % | |||||||
| Tax Credits | ||||||||
| Research Credits | ( | ( | % | |||||
| Changes in valuation Allowances | ( | ( | % | |||||
| Nontaxable or nondeductible items | ||||||||
| Nondeductible executive compensation | % | |||||||
| Other nondeductible expenses | % | |||||||
| Changes in unrecognized tax benefits | ( | ( | % | |||||
| Other adjustments | ||||||||
| Other | ( | ( | % | |||||
| Effective Tax Rate | $ | % | ||||||
1 State taxes in California, Florida, Pennsylvania and Texas made up the majority (greater than 50 percent) of the tax effect in this category | ||||||||
107
As previously disclosed for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, prior to the adoption of ASU 2023-09, the effective income tax rate varies from the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate as follows:
| Percentage of Pretax Income | |||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||
| Statutory federal income tax rate | % | % | |||||||||
| Increase (decrease) in tax rate resulting from: | |||||||||||
| State income taxes (net of federal income tax benefit) | |||||||||||
| Impact of foreign operations | |||||||||||
| Foreign-Derived Intangible Income (“FDII”) | |||||||||||
| Subpart F and GILTI, net of foreign tax credits | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Change in uncertain tax positions | |||||||||||
| Research and experimentation credits and other | |||||||||||
| Nondeductible convertible debt instrument | ( | ||||||||||
| Nondeductible goodwill impairment | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Permanent differences and other | ( | ||||||||||
| Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation | |||||||||||
| Impact of step-up of Swiss assets | ( | ||||||||||
| Valuation allowance on nondeductible interest carryforwards | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Unremitted foreign earnings | ( | ||||||||||
| Effective income tax rate | ( | % | ( | % | |||||||
Income taxes paid, net of refunds received, disaggregated by federal, state, and foreign is as follows ($ in millions):
| For the Year Ended | |||||
| December 31, 2025 | |||||
| Federal | |||||
| State | |||||
| Foreign | |||||
| Canada | |||||
| China | |||||
| Germany | ( | ||||
| Luxembourg | |||||
| Russia | |||||
| Switzerland | |||||
| All other foreign jurisdictions (each country individually <5% of total income taxes paid) | |||||
| Total income taxes paid | $ | ||||
As previously disclosed for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, prior to the adoption of ASU 2023-09, income taxes paid, net of refunds were $32.9 million and $98.6 million, respectively.
The Company realized tax benefits of $2.5 million, $1.6 million, and $3.6 million in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, for tax deductions attributable to stock-based compensation, of which, the excess tax benefit over the amount recorded for financial reporting purposes was $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $1.5 million in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. As required by ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2016-09”), the excess tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 have been included in the provision for income taxes.
The Company evaluates the future realizability of tax credits and loss carryforwards considering the anticipated future earnings of the Company’s subsidiaries as well as tax planning strategies in the associated jurisdictions. Included in deferred income taxes as of December 31, 2025 are tax benefits for U.S. and non-U.S. net operating loss carryforwards totaling $34.2
108
million ($29.7 million of which the Company does not expect to realize and has corresponding valuation allowances). Certain of the losses can be carried forward indefinitely and others can be carried forward to various dates from 2026 through 2045.
As of December 31, 2025, gross unrecognized tax benefits totaled $2.2 million ($3.1 million, including $0.9 million associated with potential interest and penalties). As of December 31, 2024, gross unrecognized tax benefits totaled $3.6 million ($5.3 million, including $1.7 million associated with potential interest and penalties). The Company recognized $(0.9 ) million, $(0.5 ) million and $(0.4 ) million in potential interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions during 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. To the extent unrecognized tax benefits (including interest and penalties) are recognized with respect to uncertain tax provisions, the tax expense in future periods would be reduced by $3.1 million based upon the tax positions as of December 31, 2025. The Company recognized interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within income taxes in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Unrecognized tax benefits and associated accrued interest and penalties are included in taxes, income and other accrued expenses as detailed in Note 9.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding amounts accrued for potential interest and penalties, is as follows ($ in millions):
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| Unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of year | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Additions based on tax positions related to the current year | |||||||||||||||||
| Additions for tax positions of prior years | |||||||||||||||||
| Reductions for tax positions of prior years | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Lapse of statute of limitations | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
| Settlements | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Effect of foreign currency translation | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Unrecognized tax benefits, end of year | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
The Company is routinely examined by various domestic and international taxing authorities, and operations in certain U.S. states and foreign jurisdictions remain subject to routine examination for tax years beginning with 2011.
The Company operates in various non-U.S. tax jurisdictions where “tax holiday” income tax incentives have been granted for a specific period. These tax benefits are not material to the Company’s financial statements.
NOTE 20. EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
Basic earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing the applicable income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the applicable period. Diluted earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus the effect of dilutive potential shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method, except for the 2028 Convertible Notes and 2025 Convertible Notes, which are calculated using the if-converted method. Dilutive potential common shares include employee equity options, non-vested shares and similar instruments granted by the Company and the assumed conversion impact of convertible notes. The Company will settle any convertible note conversions through a combination settlement by satisfying the principal amount outstanding with cash and any convertible note conversion value in excess of the principal amount in cash or shares of the Company’s common stock or any combination thereof. As the Company will settle the principal amount of convertible notes in cash upon conversion, the convertible notes only have an impact on the Company's diluted earnings per share when the average share price of the Company’s common stock exceeds the conversion price, in any applicable period. See the computation of earnings per share below for the dilutive impact of the convertible notes for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.
In connection with the offering of the 2025 Convertible Notes, the Company entered into Capped Calls, which are intended to reduce or offset the potential dilution from shares of common stock issued upon conversion. The Company completed a partial unwind of the Capped Calls in connection with the Notes Exchanges and the impact of the remaining Capped Calls is
109
not included when calculating potentially dilutive shares since their effect is anti-dilutive. On June 1, 2025 the remaining Capped Calls expired in conjunction with the maturity and payoff of the 2025 Convertible Notes.
The table below presents the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share ($ and shares in millions, except per share amounts):
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Numerator: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Denominator: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Weighted-average common shares outstanding used in basic earnings per share | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Incremental common shares from: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Assumed exercise of dilutive options, vesting of dilutive restricted stock units and performance stock units | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted-average common shares outstanding used in diluted earnings per share | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Earnings (loss) per share: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Earnings (loss) - basic | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Earnings (loss) - diluted | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The following table presents the number of outstanding securities not included in the computation of diluted income per share, because their effect was anti-dilutive (in millions):
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based awards | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NOTE 21. SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company operates and reports its results in two
On December 31, 2024, the Company adopted ASU 2023-07, “Segment Reporting - Improving Reportable Segment Disclosures” and updated its disclosures to conform to the new segment disclosure requirements. Additionally, prior year disclosures have been modified to conform to the new ASU disclosure presentation requirements. There were no changes to significant expense classifications nor the methods used to allocate such expenses, and therefore recasting of segment information for the year ended December 31, 2023 is not required.
The Company’s operating segments are also its reportable segments. The Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) is the chief executive officer. The CODM primarily utilizes segment operating profit or loss as the key indicator in assessing the segment's performance and allocating resources. Operating profit represents total revenues less expenses, excluding corporate and other expenses, nonoperating income (expense), interest expense and income taxes. The expense components used in determining operating profit include the following:
110
Cost of sales which includes the cost of materials, labor, facilities, restructuring costs and other infrastructure used to manufacture the Company’s products, and shipping and handling costs attributable to delivering these products to customers.
Selling, General & Administrative expenses which includes, among other things, the costs of selling, marketing, promotion, advertising and administration (including business technology, facilities, legal, finance, human resources, business development and procurement), restructuring costs, and amortization expense for intangible assets that have been acquired through business combinations.
Research and development (“R&D”) expenses which include project costs specific to new product R&D and product lifecycle management, overhead costs associated with R&D operations, regulatory costs, product registrations and investments that support local market clinical trials for approved indications.
For corporate and other, these expenses represent unallocated corporate costs and other costs, including goodwill and intangible impairment charges. These activities do not meet the criteria for a stand-alone reporting segment under ASC 280 Segment Reporting, thus are not considered in management’s evaluation of reportable segment operating performance.
The identifiable assets by segment are those used in each segment’s operations. Additionally, inter-segment amounts which have been eliminated, are not significant to the below presentation of segment information.
111
Segment related information is shown below ($ in millions):
| Year Ended December 31, 2025 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Specialty Products & Technologies | Equipment & Consumables | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Less: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Expenses | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Segment operating profit | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Segment operating profit and reconciliation to income before taxes: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Segment operating profit | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Corporate and other | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Nonoperating other expense, net | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest expense, net | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Income before taxes | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Specialty Products & Technologies | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Equipment & Consumables | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Corporate and other | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Capital expenditures, gross | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Specialty Products & Technologies | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Equipment & Consumables | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Corporate and other | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Identifiable assets | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Specialty Products & Technologies | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Equipment & Consumables | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Corporate and other | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
112
| Year Ended December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Specialty Products & Technologies | Equipment & Consumables | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Less: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Expenses | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Segment operating profit | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Segment operating profit and reconciliation to loss before taxes: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Segment operating profit | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Corporate and other | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Nonoperating other expense, net | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest expense, net | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Loss before taxes | $ | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Specialty Products & Technologies | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Equipment & Consumables | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Corporate and other | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Capital expenditures, gross | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Specialty Products & Technologies | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Equipment & Consumables | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Corporate and other | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Identifiable assets | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Specialty Products & Technologies | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Equipment & Consumables | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Corporate and other | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
113
| Year Ended December 31, 2023 | |||||||||||||||||
| Specialty Products & Technologies | Equipment & Consumables | Total | |||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Less: | |||||||||||||||||
| Expenses | |||||||||||||||||
| Segment operating profit | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Segment operating profit and reconciliation to loss before taxes: | |||||||||||||||||
| Segment operating profit | $ | ||||||||||||||||
| Corporate and other | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Nonoperating other expense, net | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Interest expense, net | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Loss before taxes | $ | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | |||||||||||||||||
| Specialty Products & Technologies | $ | ||||||||||||||||
| Equipment & Consumables | |||||||||||||||||
| Corporate and other | |||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | ||||||||||||||||
| Capital expenditures, gross | |||||||||||||||||
| Specialty Products & Technologies | $ | ||||||||||||||||
| Equipment & Consumables | |||||||||||||||||
| Corporate and other | |||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | ||||||||||||||||
Operations in Geographical Areas:
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| ($ in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||
| Sales: | |||||||||||||||||
| United States | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| China | |||||||||||||||||
| All other (each country individually less than 5% of total sales) | |||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Property, plant and equipment, net: | December 31, 2025 | December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||
| United States | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Sweden | |||||||||||||||||
| Czech Republic | |||||||||||||||||
| China | |||||||||||||||||
| Mexico | |||||||||||||||||
| All other (each country individually less than 5% of total long-lived assets) | |||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
114
NOTE 22. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
115
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Our management, with the participation of our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act), as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluation, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, have concluded that, as of the end of such period, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
Management’s annual report on its internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) and the independent registered public accounting firm’s audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting are included in the Company’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025 included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, under the headings “Report of Management on Envista Holdings Corporation’s Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” and “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,” respectively, and are incorporated herein by reference.
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during our most recent completed fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
(c) Our directors and officers (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act) may from time to time enter into plans for the purchase or sale of our common stock that are intended to satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Exchange Act. During the quarter ended December 31, 2025, none of the Company’s directors or officers adopted terminated
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
Not applicable.
116
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Other than the information below, the information required under this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2025.
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer) and employees, known as the Code of Conduct. The Code of Conduct is available in the “Investors—Governance” section of our website at www.envistaco.com.
We intend to disclose any amendment to the Code of Conduct that relates to any element of the code of ethics definition enumerated in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K, and any waiver from a provision of the Code of Conduct granted to any director, principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, or any of our other executive officers, in the “Investors—Governance” section of our website, at www.envistaco.com, within four business days following the date of such amendment or waiver.
The Company has an insider trading policy governing the purchase, sale and other dispositions of the Company’s securities that applies to all Company personnel, including directors, officers, employees, and other covered persons. The Company believes that its insider trading policy is reasonably designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations, and listing standards applicable to the Company. A copy of the Company’s insider trading policy is filed as Exhibit 19.1 to this Form 10-K.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required under this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2025.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required under this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2025.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required under this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2025.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required under this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2025.
117
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBIT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
a) The following documents are filed as part of this report.
(1)Financial Statements. The financial statements are set forth under “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(2)Schedules. An index of financial statement schedules is set forth below. Schedules other than those listed below have been omitted from this Annual Report on Form 10-K because they are not required, are not applicable or the required information is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto.
| Page Number in Form 10-K | |||||
| Schedule: | |||||
(3)Exhibits. The exhibits listed in the accompanying Exhibit Index are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
EXHIBIT INDEX
| Exhibit Number | Description | ||||
| 2.1 | |||||
| 2.2 | |||||
| 2.3 | |||||
| 2.4 | |||||
| 2.5 | |||||
| 2.6 | |||||
| 2.7 | |||||
118
| 3.1 | |||||
| 3.2 | |||||
| 3.3 | |||||
| 4.1 | |||||
| 4.2 | |||||
| 4.3 | |||||
| 4.4 | |||||
| 10.1 | |||||
| 10.2* | |||||
| 10.3* | |||||
| 10.4* | |||||
| 10.5* | |||||
| 10.6* | |||||
| 10.7* | |||||
| 10.8* | |||||
| 10.9* | |||||
| 10.10* | |||||
| 10.11* | |||||
119
| 10.12* | |||||
| 10.13* | |||||
| 10.14* | |||||
| 10.15* | |||||
| 10.16* | |||||
| 10.17* | |||||
| 10.18* | |||||
| 10.19* | |||||
| 10.20* | |||||
| 10.21* | |||||
| 10.22* | |||||
| 10.23* | |||||
| 10.24* | |||||
| 19.1 | |||||
| 21.1 | |||||
| 23.1 | |||||
| 24.1 | |||||
| 31.1 | |||||
| 31.2 | |||||
| 32.1 | |||||
| 97.1 | |||||
120
| 101.INS | XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document. (c) | ||||
| 101.SCH | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document (c) | ||||
| 101.CAL | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document (c) | ||||
| 101.DEF | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document (c) | ||||
| 101.LAB | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document (c) | ||||
| 101.PRE | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document (c) | ||||
| 104 | Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101) | ||||
______________
* Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
(a) Applies to Mr. Nance.
(b) Applies to Messrs. Keel, Hammes, Befidi, Nilsson and Ms. Acurio.
(c) Exhibit 101 to this report includes the following documents formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
121
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
| Date: February 12, 2026 | ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION | |||||||
| By: | /s/ Paul Keel | |||||||
| Paul Keel | ||||||||
| President and Chief Executive Officer | ||||||||
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Paul Keel, Eric Hammes, and Faez Kaabi, and each or any one of them, his or her lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, for such person in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this report and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that either of said attorneys-in-fact and agent, or substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
| Signature | Title | Date | ||||||
| /s/ Paul Keel | President, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director | February 12, 2026 | ||||||
| Paul Keel | ||||||||
| /s/ Eric Hammes | Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) | February 12, 2026 | ||||||
| Eric Hammes | ||||||||
| /s/ Faez Kaabi | Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer) | February 12, 2026 | ||||||
| Faez Kaabi | ||||||||
| /s/ Scott Huennekens | Chairman of the Board | February 12, 2026 | ||||||
| Scott Huennekens | ||||||||
| /s/ Wendy Carruthers | Director | February 12, 2026 | ||||||
| Wendy Carruthers | ||||||||
| /s/ Kieran T. Gallahue | Director | February 12, 2026 | ||||||
| Kieran T. Gallahue | ||||||||
| /s/ Vivek Jain | Director | February 12, 2026 | ||||||
| Vivek Jain | ||||||||
| /s/ James Andrew Pierce | Director | February 12, 2026 | ||||||
| James Andrew Pierce | ||||||||
| /s/ Daniel A. Raskas | Director | February 12, 2026 | ||||||
| Daniel A. Raskas | ||||||||
| /s/ Christine Tsingos | Director | February 12, 2026 | ||||||
| Christine Tsingos | ||||||||
122
ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
($ in millions)
| Classification | Balance at Beginning of Period (a) | Charged to Costs & Expenses | Impact of Currency | Write Offs, Write Downs & Deductions | Recoveries | Balance at End of Period (a) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Year ended December 31, 2025: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Allowances deducted from asset account | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Allowance for credit losses | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Year ended December 31, 2024: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Allowances deducted from asset account | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Allowance for credit losses | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Year ended December 31, 2023: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Allowances deducted from asset account | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Allowance for credit losses | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
______________
(a)Amounts include allowance for credit losses classified as current.
123
Exhibit 10.18
06/25/2024
Veronica Acurio
[***]
VIA EMAIL
Dear Veronica:
I am delighted to extend you an offer of employment with DH Dental Employment Services LLC., (the “Company”) and am confident that your background and experience will allow you to make major contributions to the Company. We look forward to welcoming you to our dynamic team. As we discussed, your position would be President, Orthodontics, reporting to Paul Keel, subject to periodic review.
Please allow this letter to serve as documentation of the offer extended to you.
Start Date: August 2, 2024
Work Location: Your work location will be our company site based in Brea, CA. You are required to commute to the company site at your own cost.
Base Salary: Your base salary will be paid at the annual rate of $550,000.00, subject to periodic review, and payable in accordance with the Company’s usual payroll practices.
Incentive Compensation: You are eligible to participate in the Company's Incentive Compensation Plan (ICP) with a target bonus of 70% of your annual base salary, subject to periodic review. Normally, ICP payments are made during the first quarter of the following calendar year. This bonus is based on a Company Financial Factor and a Personal Performance Factor which are determined each year. If you are hired on or before September 30th, you will be eligible for a pro-rated ICP bonus for the calendar year in which you become employed.
Stock Options, RSUs & PSUs (Annual Equity): A recommendation will be made to the Compensation Committee of Envista’s Board of Directors to grant you an equity award as part of its annual equity compensation program at its next regularly scheduled meeting after your Start Date at which equity awards are considered (currently scheduled for February 2025). The target award value of this grant will be $850,000.00. After the initial award, you will be considered for annual equity awards under Envista Holdings Corporation 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (“The Plan”) depending on factors such as, but not limited to, your job level and performance and the company’s eligibility criteria, which may change from time to time.
The target award value of any grant(s) is currently split between 25% in the form of Stock options and 25% in the form of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and the remaining 50% in the form of performance stock units (“PSU”). The RSUs & Stock options will vest 1/3rd on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date. Your PSUs will vest on the third anniversary of the grant date contingent on your continued employment through the vesting date and the satisfaction of performance through the end of fiscal year 2026. This equity award will be solely governed by the terms and conditions set forth in The Plan and in the particular form of award agreement required to be signed with respect to each award.
Envista cannot guarantee that any RSUs, stock options or PSUs granted to you will ultimately have any particular value or any value.
RSUs (Sign-On Equity): A recommendation will be made to the Compensation Committee of Envista Holdings Corporation’s (“Envista”) Board of Directors to grant you a sign-on equity award at its next regularly scheduled meeting after your Start Date at which equity awards are considered. The target award value of this sign-on grant would be $850,000.00. In addition, you will be eligible annually for an equity award under Envista’s equity compensation program.
The target award value of any grant(s) will be solely restricted stock units (“RSUs”). This sign on equity award will vest 1/3rd on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date, and will be solely governed by the terms and conditions set forth in Envista’s applicable stock plan and in the particular form of award agreement required to be signed with respect to each award.
Envista cannot guarantee that any RSUs or stock options granted to you will ultimately have any particular value or any value.
Signing Bonus: The Company will provide you a signing bonus equal to $50,000.00 that is payable in the first normal payroll date following the effective date of start date with the Company. Payment of this bonus is conditioned on your execution of the enclosed Signing Bonus Repayment Agreement.
Supplemental Retirement / Deferred Compensation Benefit: You will be eligible to participate in Envista’s executive supplemental retirement/deferred compensation program. This program is a nonqualified executive benefit designed to supplement retirement benefits that otherwise are limited by IRS regulations; and provide the opportunity for you to defer taxation on a portion of your current income (base salary or ICP bonus or both). The terms of this program closely mirror those of the Company’s qualified 401(k) plan. Vesting requirements and your participation in the program are subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in the plan. Additional information on the program will be provided to you by The Newport Group after you join the Company.
Relocation: The Company is pleased to provide relocation benefits through Aires, our third-party relocation services company. Once you have communicated to the Company that you have signed and returned both this offer letter and the enclosed Relocation Repayment Agreement, , and you have successfully completed the background check, we will have our Aires representative contact you to explain the services, assistance and benefits provided under the Relocation Policy for Envista Holdings Corporation and its Affiliates, coordinate your relocation coverage and answer any questions that you may have.
Benefits: You will be eligible to participate in any associate benefit plan that the Company has adopted or may adopt, maintain, or contribute to for the benefit of its regular employees generally, subject to satisfying any applicable eligibility requirements. You will be eligible to participate in our comprehensive health and other insurance benefits immediately upon your first day of employment with the Company. You will be eligible to participate in our 401(k) retirement plan beginning on your first day of employment subject to the applicable plan. Information about our various benefit programs is enclosed.
Permissive Time Off: We are pleased to offer a Permissive Time Off policy to our exempt employees. The permissive approach is a method for paid time off where you take time off when you need it, without having to earn or accrue vacation or sick hours. You may take time off for vacation, sickness, personal business or achieving a work-life balance. You will be required to coordinate all time off with your manager, while ensuring you meet your goals and objectives at a satisfactory level.
At-Will Employment: Nothing in this offer letter shall be construed as any agreement, express or implied, to employ you for any stated term. Your employment with the Company will be on an at-will basis, which means that either you or the Company can terminate the employment relationship at any time and for any reason (or no reason), with or without notice.
Conditions of Employment Offer: This offer of employment is expressly conditioned upon successful completion of a background and reference check, a pre-employment/post offer drug screen, and your execution and return of the following documents no later than the date stated in the acknowledgment below:
-Criminal History Questionnaire
-Certification of Compliance of Obligations to Prior Employers
-Certification of Envista Holdings Corporation Code of Conduct
-Agreement Regarding Fair Competition and Protection of Proprietary Interests
-Dispute Resolution Agreement
-Signing Bonus Repayment Agreement
-Relocation Repayment Agreement
Thank you for considering our offer. We anticipate that you will make a very strong contribution to the success of the Company and believe this is an excellent professional opportunity for you. We look forward to the opportunity to work with you as we pursue our very aggressive goals.
I realize that a career decision such as this has a major impact on you and your family. If there is anything we can do, please do not hesitate to contact Matthew Wilson at matthew.wilson@envistaco.com.
| Sincerely yours, | ||
| /s/ Suraj Satpathy | ||
| Chief Human Resources Officer | ||
Acknowledgement
Please acknowledge that you have read, understood, and accept this offer by signing and returning it to me, along with the above referenced signed documents, at your earliest convenience. Paul and I are eager to help in any way.
| Signature: | ||
| /s/ Veronica Acurio | ||
| Date: June, 25, 2024 | ||
CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE OF OBLIGATIONS TO PRIOR EMPLOYERS
I HEREBY CERTIFY THE FOLLOWING:
1.I will not disclose to DH Dental Employment Services, LLC (the “Company”) or use in my work at the Company, any confidential information and/or trade secrets belonging to others, including my prior employers.
2.I have deleted or returned to my prior employer all hard copies of and electronic versions of confidential information of my prior employer. This includes checking my phone (including texts, photographs, and note taking apps), personal email accounts, tablets, personal computers, personal cloud-based storage accounts, removable storage drives, and any other source where I may have inadvertently retained confidential material from my prior employer. To the extent I inadvertently still have any materials from my prior employer. I understand I need to notify the Legal Department immediately of their existence and location. I further understand I am not to access these files in any way.
3.Until such time as I am issued and receive a Company computer, in the interim I may use my personal computer in my work at the Company. I represent that my personal computer is free from confidential information belonging to any 3rd party, including my prior employers. I understand that using my personal computer in my work at the Company comes with a certain risks and in the event that Company requests to take an image of my computer or run a forensics analysis of the hard drive, I will comply with this request.
4.After my initial contact with the Company, I have not copied, downloaded, removed, taken pictures of, or e-mailed to myself improperly any confidential information belonging to my prior employer.
5.I have not retained any confidential information, records or documents in hard copies or an electronic format from a prior employer.
6.I am not subject to any restrictive covenants or obligations that would prevent me from fully performing my duties for the Company.
7.I will immediately inform my Supervisor at the Company and its designated legal representative, if any, in writing if I am asked to reveal any confidential information belonging to others.
8.I am being hired for my general skills and knowledge in the industry rather than any confidential or proprietary information that I may have had access to or possessed prior to my relationship with the Company. I have been expressly told by the Company that it is not hiring me for any confidential information I may possess and that it does not want me to reveal any confidential information belonging to others.
9.I have been instructed by the Company to consult with my personal attorney before accepting employment with the Company and cannot rely upon any information provided to me by the Company or its counsel regarding any obligations I may owe to any prior employer.
10.I understand that I may be subject to discipline, including termination of my employment with the Company, if I have falsely certified the information herein or do not follow the certifications I have made herein.
| Signature: | ||
| /s/ Veronica Acurio | ||
| Print Name: Veronica Acurio | ||
| Date: June, 25, 2024 | ||
Signing Bonus Repayment Agreement
This Signing Bonus Repayment Agreement (“Agreement”) must be signed by Employee and received by the Human Resources Department of DH Dental Employment Services, LLC; (the “Company”) as a condition of paying Employee any signing bonus.
If Employee resigns or is terminated for cause (as defined below) within 12 months of receiving the signing bonus, Employee shall repay the Company for the entire gross amount of the signing bonus paid to the Employee.
Employee agrees and authorizes the Company to withhold any amount owed by Employee per the above, from any salary, wages, vacation pay, bonuses, expense reimbursements or other form of compensation the Company owes Employee, to the extent permitted by applicable law. Additionally, Employee agrees that any unpaid amount still owed to the Company and not collected from such withholding will be repaid by the Employee to the Company within 30 days of the separation date.
Where feasible, the Company may be able to reverse a portion of the taxes paid if the repayment is made during the same calendar year the bonus was paid. Employee understands, however, that the Company has no obligation to do so and that Employee is responsible for repaying the Company the full amount of the Signing Bonus payment made by the Company consistent with the terms above. In any action to enforce this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to its costs and reasonable attorney’s fees.
Nothing in this Agreement is intended to create a contract of employment between the Employee and the Company, or to modify the at-will basis of Employee’s employment.
For purposes of this Agreement, termination for “cause” shall mean termination for a violation of Company policy or Code of Conduct, excessive absences, failure or refusal to perform the job in a satisfactory manner, dishonesty, misconduct, or other intentional conduct that is detrimental to the business interests of the Company or has an adverse effect on the name or public image of the Company, as
determined at the Company’s sole discretion.
In the event that Employee receives payment(s) in excess of the bonus amount that they are eligible to receive, Employee shall promptly repay all such amounts to the Company, unless expressly authorized in writing by the Company as an exception. In addition, in the event of an overpayment, Employee authorizes the Company to withhold such amounts from any payment(s) owed to Employee, as described above.
By signing below, Employee acknowledges and accepts the terms in this Signing Bonus Repayment Agreement. Envista Company/Employer: DH Dental Employment Services, LLC
| Signature: | ||
| /s/ Veronica Acurio | ||
| Print Name: Veronica Acurio | ||
| Date: June, 25, 2024 | ||
| Human Resources Partner Signature: | ||
| Print Name: | ||
| Date: | ||
Exhibit 10.24
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO THE
ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION SAVINGS PLAN
This is the First Amendment to the Envista Holdings Corporation Savings Plan (the “Plan”), as last amended and restated, generally effective as of January 1, 2026. Pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Plan, the Global Benefits Committee of Envista Holdings Corporation (the “Committee”) has reserved unto itself the right to amend the Plan. The Committee desires to amend the Plan, effective as of the dates provided below, to reflect certain administrative changes, the freeze and sunsetting of the Envista Stock Fund investment, implementation of changes to allow increased catch-up contributions by eligible participants, and implementing changes in law requiring certain participants to make catch-up contributions on a Roth basis. Accordingly, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Plan, the Committee hereby amends the Plan in following particulars:
1.
Amend Section 1.7(b) of the Plan by deleting such language and substituting the following therefore, effective as of January 1, 2026:
“(b) [Intentionally left blank],”
2.
Amend Section 1.18(b) of the Plan by deleting such section in its entirety and substituting the following therefore, effective as of January 1, 2026:
“(b) [Intentionally left blank].”
3.
Amend Section 1.21 of the Plan by adding the following language at the end, effective as of January 1, 2026:
“On and after January 1, 2026, no Discretionary Employer Contributions shall be made with respect to service or Basic Compensation earned after December 31, 2025.”
4.
Amend Section 1.22 of the Plan by deleting such section in its entirety and substituting the following therefore, effective as of January 1, 2026:
“1.22 [Intentionally left blank.]”
5.
Add a new Section 2.3(c) to the Plan to read as follows, effective as of January 1, 2026:
“(c) On and after January 1, 2026, no Employee shall be an Eligible Participant with respect to Discretionary Employer Contributions.”
6.
Amend Section 3.1 of the Plan by deleting such section in its entirety and substituting the following therefore, effective as of January 1, 2026:
“3.1 Unilateral Employer Contributions. The Plan Sponsor, in its sole discretion, shall determine if a Unilateral Employer Contribution shall be made to Eligible Participants for the Plan Year. An Eligible Participant must be employed on the last day of the Plan Year to receive a Unilateral Employee Contribution, if it is made for such Plan Year. If a Unilateral Employer Contribution is made for the Plan Year, the amount of the contribution for each Eligible Participant shall equal a percentage (determined by the Plan Sponsor for the Eligible Participants) of the respective Eligible Participant’s Basic Compensation for the Plan Year.”
7.
Amend Section 3.2 of the Plan by deleting such section in its entirety and substituting the following therefore, effective as of January 1, 2026:
“3.2 [Intentionally left blank.]”
8.
Amend Section 4.2 of the Plan by deleting such section in its entirety and substituting the following therefore, effective as of January 1, 2026:
“4.2 [Intentionally left blank.]”
9.
Amend Section 4.7 of the Plan by adding the following language at the end, effective as of January 1, 2026:
“With respect to Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2026, no Forfeitures shall be allocated to Eligible Participants’ Accounts as Discretionary Employer Contributions.”
10.
Amend Section 4.9(d) of the Plan by adding the following language at the end, effective as of November 18, 2025:
2
“Effective as of November 18, 2025, no contributions, loan repayments, investment exchanges, or other amounts shall be invested in the Employer Stock fund. The 401(k) Committee is responsible for liquidating the Employer Stock fund in accordance with the terms of the Plan and its responsibilities under ERISA, which shall be done during the second half of the 2026 Plan Year. During such liquidation period, the 401(k) Committee shall manage the orderly disposition of all shares of Employer Stock. As soon as reasonably practicable following the liquidation of the Employer Stock fund, the proceeds shall be allocated in accordance with administrative procedures established for the Plan for this purpose to the accounts of Participants and Beneficiaries in proportion to their holdings in the Employer Stock fund on the date of liquidation. Such allocated amounts shall be processed as an investment exchange into the qualified default investment alternative consistent with each such Participant’s or Beneficiary’s age and hypothetical retirement date, and (along with earnings and losses thereon) shall continue to be so invested until such time as the Participant or Beneficiary makes an investment exchange or such amounts are distributed, withdrawn, borrowed or forfeited in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
The 401(k) Committee shall, in its sole discretion: (i), determine the timing and manner of liquidating the Employer Stock fund consistent with the terms of the Plan or as may be required by a fiduciary under ERISA, (ii) direct that the proceeds from any liquidation of Employer Stock be invested on a temporary basis in the default investment option otherwise provided under the Plan, (iii) suspend or prohibit the transfer of Participant account balances out of the Employer Stock fund during any period in which such fund is in the process of being liquidated, and (iv) take such other actions consistent with the Plan and ERISA to effectuate the liquidation of the Employer Stock fund.”
11.
Amend Section 4.9(e) of the Plan by adding the following sentence at the end, effective November 18, 2025:
“On and after the liquidation of the Employer Stock fund as described in Section 4.9(d), no amounts shall be invested in the Envista Stock Fund.”
12.
Amend Section 12.2(h) of the Plan by adding the following language at the end, effective as of January 1, 2026:
“For taxable years after 2025, each Catch-up Eligible Participant who attains age 60 during such taxable year but who does not attain age 64 before the close of the taxable year shall have an Applicable Dollar Catch-up Limit equal to the greater of: (i) 10,000, and (ii) 150% of the limit under Code Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) in 2024 without regard to the parenthetical. Such amounts shall be adjusted for cost of living adjustments pursuant to Code Section 414(v)(2)(C).”
3
13.
Add a new Section 12.6 to the Plan to read as follows, effective as of January 1, 2026:
“12.6 Roth Treatment of Catch-up Contributions for Certain Highly Compensated Employees. A Catch-Up Eligible Participant whose wages (as defined under Code Section 3121(a)) for the preceding year from the Employer exceeds $145,000 (subject to cost of living adjustments pursuant to Code Section 414(v)(7)(E)) shall make Catch-up Contributions as Roth 401(k) Contributions, in accordance with regulations and applicable guidance.”
14.
Amend Section A-1.5(B) of the Plan by deleting such section in its entirety and substituting the following therefore, effective as of January 1, 2026:
“(b) [Intentionally left blank.]”
15.
Amend Section A-1.8 of the Plan by deleting such section in its entirety and substituting the following therefore, effective as of January 1, 2026:
“1.8 Roth Contributions
A Sybron Employee shall be eligible to make Roth 401(k) Contributions.”
16.
All other parts of the Plan not inconsistent herewith are hereby ratified and confirmed.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Committee has caused this First Amendment to the Plan to be executed by a duly authorized member, as of the date signed by the member, as set forth below.
| GLOBAL BENEFITS COMMITTEE | ||
| By: /s/ Tony Bousquette | ||
| Date: 10-17-2025 | ||
4
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
(1)Registration statement (Form S-8 No. 333-282219) pertaining to the Envista Holdings Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan,
(2)Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-233810) pertaining to the Envista Holdings Corporation 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan, the Envista Holdings Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, the Envista Holdings Corporation Savings Plan, and the Envista Holdings Corporation Union Savings Plan,
(3)Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-262985) pertaining to the Envista Holdings Corporation Savings Plan and the Envista Holdings Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, and
(4)Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-289185) pertaining to the Envista Holdings Corporation 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan;
of our reports dated February 12, 2026, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Envista Holdings Corporation, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Envista Holdings Corporation included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Envista Holdings Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2025.
| /s/ Ernst & Young LLP | ||||||||||||||
Irvine, California
February 12, 2026
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a),
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Paul Keel, certify that:
| 1. | I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Envista Holdings Corporation; | |||||||
| 2. | Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; | |||||||
| 3. | Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; | |||||||
| 4. | The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: | |||||||
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; | ||||||||
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; | ||||||||
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and | ||||||||
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and | ||||||||
| 5. | The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): | |||||||
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and | ||||||||
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. | ||||||||
| Date: February 12, 2026 | ||||||||
| /s/ Paul Keel | ||||||||
| Paul Keel | ||||||||
| President and Chief Executive Officer | ||||||||
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a),
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Eric Hammes, certify that:
| 1. | I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Envista Holdings Corporation; | |||||||
| 2. | Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; | |||||||
| 3. | Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; | |||||||
| 4. | The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: | |||||||
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; | ||||||||
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; | ||||||||
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and | ||||||||
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and | ||||||||
| 5. | The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): | |||||||
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and | ||||||||
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. | ||||||||
| Date: February 12, 2026 | ||||||||
| /s/ Eric Hammes | ||||||||
| Eric Hammes | ||||||||
| Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer | ||||||||
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATIONS OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
| I, Paul Keel, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Envista Holdings Corporation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Envista Holdings Corporation as of and for the periods presented in the Report. | ||||||||||||||
| Date: February 12, 2026 | ||||||||||||||
| /s/ Paul Keel | ||||||||||||||
| Paul Keel | ||||||||||||||
| President and Chief Executive Officer | ||||||||||||||
| I, Eric Hammes, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Envista Holdings Corporation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Envista Holdings Corporation as of and for the periods presented in the Report. | ||||||||||||||
| Date: February 12, 2026 | ||||||||||||||
| /s/ Eric Hammes | ||||||||||||||
| Eric Hammes | ||||||||||||||
| Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer | ||||||||||||||